Está en la página 1de 273

2005

A010A02A-AAT

WARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLE

o New Vehicle 60 Months/60,000 Miles Limited Warranty
o New Vehicle 120 Months/100,000 Miles Limited Powertrain Warranty (original owner only)
o Anti-Perforation Limited Warranty
o Emission Defect Warranty - Federal Vehicle
o California Emission Control System Warranty (if applicable)
o Emission Performance Warranty - Federal Vehicle
o Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty

NOTE:
Detailed warranty information is provided in your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.

A020A01A-AAT
RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE

The maintenance requirements for your new Hyundai are found in Section 5. As the owner, it is your responsibility
to see that all maintenance operations specified by the manufacturer are carried out at the appropriate intervals.
When the vehicle is used in severe driving conditions, more frequent maintenance is required for some operations.
Maintenance requirements for severe operating conditions are also included in Section 5.

OWNER'S MANUAL
A030A01JM-AAT

Operation
Maintenance
Specifications

A030A01JM

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any
time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard
equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.

A040A01A-AAT

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who
drive Hyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which
we're very proud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that you read
it carefully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized Hyundai
dealer. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may
be required.

A050A04A-AAT
HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY

Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave
the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

! CAUTION:
Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not
meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifica-
tions listed on Page 9-4 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual and which also appear
in the Service Station Information on the back cover of the Owner's Manual.

Copyright 2004 Hyundai Motor Company. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in
any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor
Company.

A070A01A-AAT

! CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety
or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle.
Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation
and other federal or state agencies.

A080A01S-AAT
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possible for an
improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For this
reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your Hyundai
dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.

! CAUTION: This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if the caution is not heeded. . serious injury or death to you or other persons if the warning is not heeded. These titles indicate the following: ! WARNING: This indicates that a condition may result in harm. Follow the advice provided with the warning. NOTE: This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided. Follow the advice provided with the caution. CAUTION and NOTE.A090A01A-AAT SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING This manual includes information titled as WARNING.

Why should you use genuine parts? States are packaged with labels written only in English.A100A03A-AAT an imitation. Hyundai Genuine Parts are engineered and built to meet rigid manufacturing require. In addition. the package (see below). How can you tell if you are purchasing Hyundai Genuine Parts are the same parts Hyundai Genuine Parts? used by Hyundai Motor Company to manu- facture vehicles. performance. and reliability to our customers. Hyundai Genuine Parts are only sold through ments. Using imitation. They are designed and Look for the Hyundai Genuine Parts Logo on tested for the optimum safety. salvage parts is not covered under the Hyundai New Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other Hyundai warranty. Hyundai Genuine Parts exported to the United 2. counterfeit or used authorized Hyundai Dealerships. any A100A03L damage to or failure of Genuine Hyundai Parts caused by the installation or failure of A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L . counterfeit or used salvage part To find the closest authorized dealer call Guide to Hyundai Genuine Parts is not covered by any Hyundai Warranty. 1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts? 1-800-826-CARS 3.

TABLE OF CONTENTS FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2 WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY 3 CORROSION PREVENTION & APPEARANCE CARE 4 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS 5 SECTION DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS 7 CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS 8 VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS 9 INDEX 10 .

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS B250A01JM-AAT B250A01JM-U .

Passenger's Airbag 4. . Hazard Warning Light Switch 16. Shift Lever (If installed) 19. Front Fog Light Switch (If installed) Electronic Stability Program (ESP) Switch (If installed) 12. Front Window Defroster (If installed) 15. instrument panel or air ventilator). do not place it near the instrument cluster nor on the instrument panel surface. 4WD Lock Switch (If installed) (If installed) 3. Panel Brightness Control Knob (Rheostat Switch) 10. If there is any leakage from the air freshener onto these areas (Instrument cluster. Digital Clock 17. Cruise Control Switch (If installed) 8. If the liquid from the air freshener does leak onto these areas. Horn and Driver's Airbag 6. wash them with water immediately. Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch 18. Hood Release Lever 5. Rear Defroster and Outside Rearview Mirror Heater Switch 2. Instrument Cluster 13. Traction Control System (TCS) Switch (If installed) / 11.1. Small Article Tray / Ashtray (If installed) 7. it may damage these parts. Heating/Air Conditioning Control Panel (If installed) 9. Multi-Function Light Switch (If installed) 14. Glove Box ! CAUTION: When installing a container of liquid air freshener inside the vehicle.

.YOUR VEHICLE AT A GLANCE B255A01JM-AAT INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT PANEL SRS (Airbag) Service Reminder Indicator (SRI) Malfunction Indicator Light Turn Signal Indicator Lights ABS Service Reminder Indicator (If installed) Traction Control Indicator Light Seat Belt Reminder Light and Chime (If installed) Electronic Stability Program Indicator High Beam Indicator Light Lights (If installed) Low Oil Pressure Warning Light Cruise Indicator (If installed) Parking Brake/Brake Fluid Level Warning Light SET Indicator Light (If installed) Charging System Warning Light 4WD System Warning Light (If installed) Tail Gate Open Warning Light 4WD Lock Indicator Light (If installed) Door Ajar Warning Light and Chime (If installed) Low Fuel Level Warning Light * More detailed explanations of these items will be found beginning on page 1-44.

............................... 1-84 Stereo Sound System .................................................................................. 1-135 .......................................... 1-44 Multi-Function Light Switch ....................... 1-12 Seat Belts........ 1-42 Warning and Indicator Lights ......................................................................... 1-54 Sunroof ................................................ 1-101 Audio System ........................................................................... 1-103 Antenna ....... 1-77 Cruise Control ......................................................................... 1-2 Breaking in Your New Hyundai ........... 1-3 Door ......... 1-30 Instrument Cluster and Indicator Lights ................................................................................................... 1-71 Hood Release ...................... 1-52 Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch .... 1-23 Supplemental Restraint (AIRBAG) system .... 1-4 Power Windows .................................................................................................................................. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI Fuel Recommendations ........................................ 1-60 Mirror ................................... 1-17 1 Child Restraint System ............................................................ 1-65 How to use Luggage Room ...... 1-11 Seats ............................................................................................................................... 1-3 1 Keys ............................................................................................................................................... 1-80 Heating and Cooling Control ..........

unleaded gasoline is recommended. if your engine devel. This type of fuel in your Hyundai. o Do not "TOP-OFF" after the first nozzle shut off when refueling.0% vol. However. (Oxygen Content 2. (Oxygen Content 2. (Oxy- Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.7% weight. or alcohols other than ethanol.7% weight) should not or higher must be used in your Hyundai.0% vol. otherwise " " light may illumi- nate.7% weight) may reduce vehicle per- ! CAUTION: formance and produce vapor lock or hard starting. . ! CAUTION: Your Hyundai's New Vehicle Limited War- ranty may not cover damage to the fuel B010C01A-AAT system and any performance problems that are caused by the use of fuels containing Use of MTBE methanol or fuels containing MTBE (Methyl B010A01JM Hyundai recommends that fuels containing Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.) Rating of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) vol. should not be used. be used in your Hyundai.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 2 FUEL RECOMMENDATIONS B010A04A-AAT B010B01A-AAT B010D01A-AAT Use Unleaded Gasoline What About Gasohol? Do Not Use Methanol Gasohol (a mixture of 90% unleaded gasoline Fuels containing methanol (wood alcohol) should UNLEADED and 10% ethanol or grain alcohol) may be used not be used in your Hyundai. o The fuel cap must be tightened until cap clicks. the use of 100% components of the fuel system.0% gen Content 2. Fuel containing MTBE over 15. Fuels with unspecified quantities of alcohol. can reduce vehicle performance and damage FUEL ONLY ops driveability problems.

vary your speed from time to time. B010F01A-AAT o While driving. which help prevent deposit ute to the economical operation and durability of formation in the engine. the same key oper- o Observe all regulations regarding registra. o Don't tow a trailer during the first 1.200 Miles (2.000 Km) To help contribute to cleaner air. try to avoid ates all the locks in your Hyundai. For greater convenience. o Determine that acceptable fuel is available.200 miles (2. keep your engine speed (rpm. don't carrying a spare key is recommended in case drive so slowly in too high a gear that the you accidentally lock one key inside the car.000 km) of operation. you can contrib- detergent additives. o Don't let the engine idle longer than 3 minutes at one time. No formal "break-in" procedure is required with ommends that you use gasolines treated with your new Hyundai. Hyundai rec. Don't start B030A01HR country. mendations during the first 1. because the doors can be locked without a key. be sure to: quickly or depress the accelerator pedal fully. tion and insurance. engine "bucks"-shift to a lower gear). km). If you are going to drive your Hyundai in another o Use moderate acceleration. hard stops. .000 rpm. Operation in Foreign Countries or revolutions per minute) between 2. However. o Don't drive faster than 55 MPH (88 km/h). FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 BREAKING IN YOUR NEW HYUNDAI KEYS 3 B010E01A-AAT B020A01S-AAT B030A01A-AAT Gasolines for Cleaner Air During the First 1.000 rpm and 4. o Don't lug the engine (in other words. These gasolines will your Hyundai by observing the following recom- help the engine run cleaner and enhance per. o For the first 200 miles (300 km).000 formance of the Emission Control System.200 miles (2. However. o Whether going fast or slow.

the igni- key number plate should not be left with the keys tion switch will be illuminated for your conve- but kept in a safe place. make new keys if you can supply the key number. not in the vehicle. that came with the keys to your Hyundai. be sure that all the doors are securely closed and locked so that the doors cannot be opened from the inside. when combined with the proper use of seat belts. B030B01HR o Before opening the door.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 4 DOOR LOCKS B030B01A-AAT B030C01JM-AAT B040A01A-AAT Record Your Key Number ILLUMINATED IGNITION SWITCH (If installed) ! WARNING: o Unlocked doors can be dangerous. Be- fore you drive away (especially if there are children in the car). or if you should lose after closing the door or when the ignition switch your keys. . Also. The light will go off approximately 10 seconds If you need additional keys. locking the doors helps keep occupants from being ejected from the car in case of an accident. provided the ignition switch is not in the key number should also be recorded in a place "ON" position. always look for A code number is stamped on the number plate B030C01E-1 and avoid oncoming traffic. where it can be found in an emergency. This Whenever either front door is opened. This helps ensure that the doors will not be opened accidentally. your authorized Hyundai dealer can is turned on. The nience.

only the driver's door can be locked. To lock key. NOTE: The driver's door can be unlocked by turn- ing the key once toward the rear. . close all win- dows. If you wish to unlock all doors. be care- ful not to lock the door with the ignition key left in the vehicle. always remove the ignition key.without key) driver's door to the "LOCK" position. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 5 B040B01JM-AAT B040C02O-AAT NOTE: Locking. first push the inside lock switch to the o Lock the door by turning the key toward the "LOCK" position so that the red mark on the front of the vehicle and unlock it by turning the switch is not visible. o To reduce the chances of theft. key toward the rear. then close the door. turn the key again toward the rear within 4 seconds. The passenger's side will lock or unlock all doors with just one rotation. LOCK o When locking the door this way. unlocking front doors with a Locking From the Outside o When pushing the lock switch of the key (Driver's side . the doors. and lock all doors and the tail gate when leaving your vehicle unattended. the door will not lock if the key is left in the ignition UNLOCK switch when the front doors are closed. o If your vehicle is equipped with the cen- tral door locking system. HJM2007 B040C01JM o The door can be locked or unlocked with a The doors can be locked without a key.

only the driver's door can be locked. o To reduce the chances of theft. To lock door and push the lock switch to the "LOCK" the door.Without key) passenger's door to the "LOCK" posi- tion. close all win- dows. the red mark on the switch is not visible. then close the door. "LOCK" position so that the red mark on the switch is not visible. LOCK o If your vehicle is equipped with the cen- UNLOCK tral door locking system. o When locking the door this way. and lock all doors and the tail gate when leaving your vehicle unattended.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 6 B040D01O-AAT B045C01JM-AAT NOTE: Locking From the Inside Locking From the Outside o When pushing the lock switch of the (Driver's side) (Passenger's side . be care- ful not to lock the door with the ignition key left in the vehicle. only the passengers door will be locked. HJM2008 B045C01JM To lock the door from the inside. the door will not lock if the key is left in the ignition switch when the front doors are closed. . first push the inside lock switch to the position. o When the door is locked. simply close the The door can be locked without a key. NOTE: o When pushing the lock switch of the driver's door to the "LOCK" position. o The driver's door can be opened by pulling the inside door handle even if the lock switch is depressed. always remove the ignition key.

doors will lock. only the passenger's door locks. pull the turning the key in the driver's door lock outside door handle. o When pushing the front portion of the used. the switch is not visible. If any door is open when o When pushing the lock switch of the move the child-protector lever to the " " the switch is depressed. the red mark on normal door operation is desired. Move the lever to remain locked when closed. Its use is recommended position. all vehicle NOTE: the door cannot be opened from the inside. It is operated by depress- To lock the door from the inside. When this is done. . switch. the opposite direction of " " position when o When pushing the rear portion of the o When the door is locked. When the lock the driver's arm rest. toward the front or rear of the vehicle. o The central door locking is operated by To open the door from the outside. position and close the door. door and push the lock switch to the "LOCK" opened from the inside. the rear door cannot be ing the door lock switch. all vehicle doors will unlock. To engage the child-protector feature so that driver's door lock switch. tion. simply close the mechanism is engaged. neither the outside whenever there are small children in the rear NOTE: nor the passenger's inside door handles can be seat. the door will passenger's door to the "LOCK" posi. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 7 B045D01JM-AAT B040E04A-AAT B040G02HP-AAT Locking From the Inside Child-Protector Rear Door Lock Central Door Locks (Passenger's side) UNLOCK LOCK HJM2011 HJM2009 HJM2008-D Your Hyundai is equipped with left and right side The central door locking switch is located on "child-protector" rear door locks.

Arm the system as described below. any interference received. press the operate the equipment. the turn signal FCC rules. Armed Stage the turn signal lights will blink twice to indicate ! CAUTION: that the system is disarmed. the second is the "Alarm" stage system is armed. Close all doors. ter. If trig- terference. the system provides an audible alarm Unlocking doors with blinking of the turn signal lights. Operation is subject to the fol. (1) This device may not cause harmful in. B075B01O-AAT 2. and (2) this device must accept gered.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM 8 B070F02O-AAT B070A01A-AAT Locking doors (If installed) KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM (If installed) 1. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com- NOTE: pliance could void the user's authority to If you wish to unlock all doors. This sys- 3. tem is operated in three stages : the first is the lights will blink once to indicate that the lowing two conditions: "Armed" stage. At the same time all doors lock. LOCK UNLOCK B070B01JM Park the car and stop the engine. and the third is the "Disarmed" stage. "UNLOCK" button on the transmitter again within 4 seconds. including inter- ference that may cause undesired opera. Push the "UNLOCK" button on the transmit- tion. . This device complies with Part 15 of the from unauthorized entry into the car. Push the "LOCK" button on the transmitter. 1. NOTE: This system is designed to provide protection 2. At the same time the driver's door unlocks.

Do not arm the system until all passengers have left the car. the turn 1) A front or rear door is opened without using If you wish to unlock all doors. To turn off the system. Whenever the step above is completed. or o If the "LOCK" button is pressed once or the ignition key. is armed. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 9 1) Remove the ignition key from the ignition B075C01JM-AAT B075D01JM-AAT switch. 3) The hood is opened. press the "UN- signal lights will blink once to indicate that the the transmitter or the ignition key. the system will not be blink continuously for about 30 seconds (This armed. the tail gate or engine hood signal lights will blink twice to indicate that the The siren will sound and the turn signal lights will system is disarmed. If this happens. Alarm Stage Disarmed Stage 2) Make sure that the hood and tail gate are closed and latched. ! CAUTION: Avoid trying to start the engine while the ! CAUTION: system is armed. tailgate. LOCK" button on the transmitter again within 4 system is armed. rearm the system will repeat 3 times). the siren will sound once to indicate that the system is armed. . If the system is armed while a passenger(s) remains in the car. the turn NOTE: o If any door. more within 4 seconds after pushing the "LOCK" button on the transmitter. keyless entry system. After completion of the steps above. remains open. The driver's door is unlocked by depressing once the "UNLOCK" button on the transmitter. unlock the door or tail gate using the transmitter The system will rearm if a door. hood is not opened within 30 seconds. The alarm will be activated if any of the following The system will be disarmed by using the 3) Lock the doors using the transmitter of the occurs while the car is parked and the system transmitter or the ignition key. 2) The tail gate is opened without using the seconds. NOTE : as described above. the alarm may be activated when the remaining passenger(s) leaves the car. transmitter or the ignition key.

3. Carefully separate the case with a blade screwdriver as shown in the illustration. HJM2004 1. it may take several pushes on the button to lock or unlock the doors.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 10 B075E01JM-AAT B070E02HP-AAT Panic Warning Replacing the battery When the transmitter's battery begins to get weak. and the LED will not Battery light. . To turn off the system. push the "PANIC" Screwdriver button again on the transmitter. Push the "PANIC" button on the back side of the new battery is the same(+side facing the transmitter. Battery type : CR2032 PANIC Replacement instructions: Case B070E01JM 2. Replace the battery as soon as possible. then insert it in the transmitter. At the same time. Remove the old battery from the case and B075E01JM note the polarity. the siren will sound and the turn signal lights will blink for 30 seconds. 2. Make sure the polarity of 1. down).

The main switches are located on the driver's armrest and control provided on the armrest of the driver's door. second period. the window will If the front doors are opened during this 30 fully open even if you let go of the switch. turned to the "ON" position. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 POWER WINDOWS 11 B060A03Y-AAT Close Open HJM2017 HJM2016 B060A03JM In order to prevent operation of the passenger The power windows operate when the ignition front and rear windows. In automatic operation. To revert to normal operation. To fully open the driver's the "ACC" or "LOCK" positions. To ! WARNING: disable the power windows. To open the (2) Never try to operate the main switch on NOTE: the driver's door and the individual door window on the driver's side. pull up and release the longer be operated without the ignition key switch. vehicle. press the switch The power windows can be operated for 30 halfway down. safety. hands the front and rear windows on both sides of the lock switch. or closed. a window lock switch is key is in the "ON" position. . press the switch fully window will stop and cannot be opened from the ignition switch. the the switch is operated. window. down. or removed window automatically. pressing the appropriate window switch and closed by pulling up the switch. the power windows can no Always remove the ignition key for their at the desired opening. The window moves as long as window switch in opposing directions seconds after the ignition key is turned to at the same time. If this is done. press the window (1) Be careful that someone's head. and body are not trapped by a closing press the window lock switch a second time. The windows may be opened by de. To stop (3) Do not leave children alone in the car.

then pull up on the recliner the seat on its track so you can move it forward control lever at the outside edge of the seat. HJM2033 HJM2031 To move the seat toward the front or rear. serious injury. This could result in loss of control or an accident which may cause death. until it locks into the desired position and cannot be moved further. ! WARNING: To ensure the seat is locked securely. lean forward to take the lock release lever upward.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 12 SEATS B080A01A-AAT B080B02A-AAT B080C02A-AAT ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEATS Adjusting Seat Forward and Rearward Adjusting Seatback Angle ! WARNING: Never attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving. This will release your weight off it. release the lever and achieved. or property damage. When you lean back until the desired seatback angle is find the position you want. To lock the seatback into position. slide the seat forward or rearward on its track release the recliner control lever. Now or rearward to the desired position. pull To recline the seatback. . at- tempt to move the seat forward or rearward without using the lock release lever.

push it down while pressing the lock knob. B080D01JM o Do not operate vehicle with the head- rests removed as injury to the occupants may occur in the event of an accident. . FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 13 B080D03JM-AAT Adjustable Headrests ! WARNING: ! WARNING: To minimize risk of severe injury in the o For maximum effectiveness in case of an event of a collision or a sudden stop. mended. Lock Knob away from the seatback is not recom- cantly when the seatbacks are reclined. To lower it. o Do not adjust the headrest hejght while the vehicle is in motion. The seat belt and airbags cannot provide HJM2044 proper protection to an occupant if the seat Headrests are designed to help reduce the risk back is reclined. This should only be done when the seat is not occupied. both accident the headrest should be ad- the driver and passenger seatbacks should justed so the middle of the headrest is at always be in an upright position while the the same height as the top of the vehicle is in motion. occupant's eyes. To raise the headrest. the vided by the seat belts and airbags in a use of a cushion that holds the body frontal collision may be reduced signifi. of neck injuries. There is greater risk that the driver and passenger will slide under the seat belt which may result in serious injury if a crash occurs when the seatbacks are reclined. pull it up. raise it as far as it can go then press the lock knob while pulling upward. Headrests may provide protection against neck injuries when properly ad- justed. To remove the headrest. The protection pro. For this reason.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
14

B080F01A-AAT B080H02JM-GAT

Seat Cushion Height Adjustment Seatback table
(Driver's Seat Only) (If Installed) ! WARNING:
o Do not sit on the seatback table.
o Do not place items on the seatback table
when the vehicle is in motion.
o Do not leave items on the seatback table
when the vehicle is in motion.

B100A02JM-AAT

Recliner control lever SEAT WARMER (If installed)

HJM2041

HJM2035 The seatback table is made by folding the front
To raise or lower the front part of the seat passenger seat forward.
cushion, turn the front knob forward or rear-
ward. To raise or lower the rear part of the seat To operate the seatback table
cushion, turn the rear knob forward or rear-
1. Lower the headrest.
ward.
2. With the recliner control lever pulled up, fold
the front passenger seatback forward to the
flat position.
3. When returning the seatback to the upright
position, ensure the seatback is completely HJM2042
locked into place.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
1
15

The seat warmer is provided to warm the front B085A01JM-GAT B085B02JM-AAT

seats during cold weather. With the ignition key REAR SEAT Folding Rear Seatback
in the "ON" position, push either of the switches Adjusting Seatback Angle
to warm the driver's seat or the passenger's For convenience, the seatbacks and seat cush-
seat. ions may be folded down and up.
During mild weather or under conditions where
the operation of the seat warmer is not needed,
keep the switches in the "OFF" position.

NOTE:
o The seat warmer will not operate if the
ambient temperature is higher than
82.4°F ± 3.5°F (28°C ± 3.5°C).
o If the seat warmer doesn't work when
ambient temperature is lower than 75.2°F Seatback
(24°C), it should be checked at an autho- folding lever
rized dealer.
HJM2046

To recline the seatback, pull the seatback HJM2047

! WARNING:
folding lever and release it after the desired
seatback angle is achieved.
1. Pull the seatback folding lever then push
It is recommended that the seat heater not down the seatback.
When you recline the seatback to desired po- 2. Be sure it has locked into position to listen an
be used when elderly people or people who sition, always be sure it has locked into position.
are ill occupy the seat. Also, do not use the audible "Click".
seat warmer if the occupant is sleeping.

! CAUTION:
When reclining the seatback, you should
adjust the seatback folding lever while
standing.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
16

3. To return the seatback to its normal position,
pull the seatback folding lever and reverse
the above procedure. ! WARNING:
o When you return the rear seatback to its
o When you return the seatback to its upright upright position after being folded down,
position, always be sure it is locked into be careful not to damage the seatbelt
position by pulling and pushing on the top of webbing or buckle. In addition, do not
the seatback. allow the seatbelt webbing or buckle to
get caught or pinched in the rear seat.
o When you return the rear seatback to its
! WARNING: upright position, be sure it is locked into
o The purpose of the fold-down rear seat position. Attempt to move it.
back is to allow you to carry larger items o Never attempt to fold or return seat while
HJM2048
than could otherwise be accommodated. the vehicle is moving.
NOTE: Never allow passengers to sit on the
o Before folding the seatback, place the cargo area while the car is moving. This
rear seat belt buckles in the buckle pouch is not a proper seating position and no
on the seatback. This will prevent the seat belts are available for use when the
seat belt buckles from becoming cov- seat back is folded down.
ered by the seat cushion when it is This could result in serious injury or
returned to the seating position. death in case of an accident or a sudden
stop. Objects should not extend higher
than the top of the front seatbacks.
This could allow cargo to slide forward
! CAUTION: and cause injury or damage during sud-
den stops.
Be careful not to overload seatback. Over-
loading may cause damage the seatback.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
1
SEAT BELTS 17

B150A01S-AAT

SEAT BELT PRECAUTIONS
! ! WARNING:
B140A01B-AAT
REAR SEAT WARNING ! WARNING:
Every person in your vehicle needs to be
properly restrained at all times, including
All occupants of the vehicle must wear their infants and children. In a collision, an unre-
seat belts at all times. Note that this vehicle strained child can become a "missile" in-
is equipped with a Supplemental Restraint side the car. The force required to hold a
(Airbag) System as discussed beginning child on your lap could be so great that you
on page 1-30. The seat belts must be used could not hold the child. Any child riding in
in conjunction with the supplemental the vehicle should always be in a proper
airbag system. State laws require that some restraint in the rear seat of the vehicle.
or all occupants of the vehicle use seat
belts. The possibility of increased injury or
severity of injury in an accident will be NOTE:
increased if this elementary safety precau- Small children are best protected from in-
tion is not observed. In addition, follow the jury in an accident when properly restrained
other instructions provided in this section. in the rear seat by a child restraint system
B140A01JM that meets the requirements of the Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Before
For the safety of all passengers, luggage or
buying any child restraint system, make
other cargo should not be piled higher than the B150B03Y-AAT
sure that it has a label certifying that it
top of the seatback. Infant or Small Child meets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-
dard 213. The restraint must be appropriate
All 50 states have child restraint laws. You
for your child's height and weight. Check
should be aware of the specific requirements in
the label on the child restraint for this
your state. Child and/or infant safety seats must
information. See page 1-23.
be properly placed and installed in the rear seat.
Information about the use of these restraints
begins on page 1-23.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
18

B150C02A-AAT B150E01A-AAT

Larger Children Injured Person
Children who are too large for child restraint A seat belt should be used when an injured
! WARNING:
systems should always occupy the rear seat person is being transported. When this is nec- Sitting in a reclined position or lying down
and use the available lap/shoulder belts. The lap essary, you should consult a physician for when your vehicle is in motion can be
portion should be fastened snug on the hips and recommendations. dangerous. Even if you buckle up, your seat
as low as possible. Check belt fit periodically. A belts can't do their job when you're re-
child's squirming could put the belt out of posi- clined.
tion. Children are afforded the most safety in the B150F01A-AAT The shoulder belt can't do its job because
event of an accident when they are restrained One Person Per Belt it won't be against your body.
by a proper restraint system in the rear seat. If Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crash
Two people (including children) should never you could go into it with great force, receiv-
a larger child (over age 13) must be seated in
attempt to use a single seat belt. This could ing serious neck or other injuries.
the front seat, the child should be securely
increase the severity of injuries in case of an The lap belt can't do its job either. In a crash
restrained by the available lap/shoulder belt and
accident. the belt could go up over your abdomen.
the seat should be placed in the rearmost
position. Children under the age of 13 should be The belt forces would be applied there, not
restrained securely in the rear seat. NEVER at your strong pelvic bones.
place a child under the age of 13 in the front seat. B150G01A-AAT This could cause serious internal injuries.
NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front Do Not Lie Down For proper protection when the vehicle is in
seat of a vehicle. motion, have the seatback upright.
To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of Then sit back in the seat and wear your seat
an accident and to achieve maximum effective- belt properly. See page 1-20.
ness of the restraint system, all passengers
B150D01A-AAT should be sitting up and the front seats should
Pregnant Women be in an upright position when the car is moving.
A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if
The use of a seat belt is recommended for the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the
pregnant women to lessen the chance of injury front seat is in a reclined position.
in an accident. When a seat belt is used, the lap
belt portion should be placed as low and snugly
as possible on the hips, not across the abdo-
men. For specific recommendations, consult a
physician.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 19 B160A01A-AAT B160C01A-AAT B170A04Y-AAT CARE OF SEAT BELTS Keep Belts Clean and Dry HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEAT Seat belt systems should never be disassembled Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. To lower it. The shoulder portion should kind. doors or other abuse. To raise the height adjuster. Additional ques. You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt B160B01A-AAT tions concerning seat belt operation should be anchor to one of the 4 positions for maximum Periodic Inspection directed to your Hyundai Dealer. midway over your shoulder nearest the door and not your neck. you will not be getting the most spected periodically for wear or damage of any effective protection. strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric. If belts SHOULDER BELT or modified. lower or raise the height adjuster into an appro- priate position. . Parts of the system that are damaged be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and should be replaced as soon as possible. comfort and safety. damaged by seat hinges. This should be done even if no damage is visible. should be replaced if the vehicle has been HJM2050 involved in an accident. pull it up. your neck. push it down while pressing the height adjuster button. they can be cleaned by using a assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not mild soap solution and warm water. If the height of the adjusting seat belt is too near It is recommended that all seat belts be in. Be sure that When to Replace Seat Belts the webbing or buckle does not get caught Entire in-use seat belt assembly or assemblies or pinched in the rear seat. Bleach. care should be taken to become dirty. ! WARNING: When you return the rear seatback to its upright position after the rear seatback was B160D01A-AAT folded down. be careful not to damage the seat belt webbing or buckle. In addition. To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor. dye.

position when the vehicle is moving. There six seconds. When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the instal- lation of a child restraint system. pull it out of the retractor B190A01Y-AAT position. There SEAT BELTS-Front Passenger and Rear sure that it has locked into the position. See page 1-27. B180A01A-AAT NOTE: This type of seat belt combines the features of SEAT BELT-Driver's 3-Point System with If the driver's seat belt is not fastened when both an emergency locking retractor seat belt the ignition key is in the "ON" position. belt will extend and let you move around. however. If there Although a combination retractor is also installed o The misadjustment of height of the is a sudden stop or impact. When not securing a child restraint. B180A01L . the modate the installation of child restraint systems. Combination retractor type seat belts are in- stalled in the rear seat positions to help accom- o The height adjuster must be in the locked If you lean forward in a slow. will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into Seat 3-Point System with Combination the buckle. pull it out of the retractor To Fasten Your Belt warning chime will sound for approximately and insert the metal tab into the buckle. The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper Locking Retractor ! WARNING: length only after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver's seat belt (Emergency Locking Retrac- tor Type). the belt will in the front passenger seat position. To Emergency Locking Retractor seat belt warning light will flash and the fasten your seat belt. Hyundai shoulder belt could reduce the effective. seated in the rear seat. lock into position. will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle. forward too quickly. the and an automatic locking retractor seat belt. NEVER place any infant restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle. the seat belt operation changes to allow the belt to retract. easy motion. Try sliding the height adjuster to make and insert the metal tab into the buckle. It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 20 Release the button to lock the anchor into To fasten your seat belt. but not to extend (Automatic Locking Retractor Type). It will also lock if you try to lean strongly recommends that children always be ness of the seat belt in a crash.

To o Be careful not to damage the belt web- convert from the automatic locking feature bing or hardware. one should be over and the door for the most effective protection. it may increase the ride in the front passanger seat. If the belt webbing or to the emergency locking operation mode. o Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. Never wear the seat belt under the arm Never wear the seat belt under the arm nearest the door. . sure the belt webbing is straight and not The automatic locking function is intended twisted. If the lap belt is located the rear seats. it could even cut into you. In a that seated passengers use the emergency collision. the seat belts must always be used whenever the car is moving. the arm nearest the door could cause serious or fatal injuries in an accident. o Children must always be seatbelted in not on your waist. replace it. A matic locking modes. other under. ! WARNING: o Seat belts are most effective when You should place the lap belt portion as low seatbacks are in the upright position. as shown in the illustration. Be locking feature for improved convenience. ! WARNING: B200A01L o For maximum restraint system protec- tion. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 21 NOTE: B200A01A-AAT Adjusting Your Seat Belt Although the combination retractor pro- vides the same level of protection for seated ! WARNING: passengers in either emergency or auto. Never allow children to too high on your waist. as possible and snugly across your hips. chance of injury in the event of a collision. Wearing the belt under nearest the door. allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully re- tract. it is recommended twisted belt can't do its job as well. o The shoulder belt should be positioned Both arms should not be under or over the midway over the shoulder nearest the belt. hardware is damaged. to facilitate child restraint installation. Rather.

If you lean forward in a slow. it the metal tab (c) into the buckle (d). the belt will extend and let you move . After confirming that (a) and (b) are latched. latched together. confirm the metal tab (a) and buckle (b) are ! WARNING: it is not twisted. is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. If there is a sudden stop or impact. must lock all metal tabs and buckles. check the belt to be sure 1. The seat belt automatically buckle (b) with the following excep- adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt tions. will increase the chance of injury in the event of collision.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 22 B210A01A-AAT B220A01JM-AAT around. tractor (c) (a) B210A01L (b) (d) The seat belt is released by pressing the re. There will be an audible "click" when the tab o Never unlock the metal tab (a) and the locks in the buckle.Center Rear Seat 3-Point belt will lock into position. o When using the rear seat center belt. you 2. easy motion. then try again. It will also lock if you System With combination Locking Re. the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen. try to lean forward too quickly. B220A02Y lease button in the locking buckle. If pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert any metal tab or buckle is not locked. the To Release the Seat Belt SEAT BELTS . When it is B220A01JM released. Before fastening the rear seat center belt.

o Lock the metal tab (a) and the buckle (b) children are safer when properly restrained in immediately after folding rear seatbacks the rear seats than in the front seat. your state. make sure they turer when installing the child restraint system. According to acci- seat may cause damage to the rear dent statistics provided by the National High- seat center belt. a child seat or infant The rear seat center belt latching mecha. place metal (a) in the seat belt clip not to make noise while driving. sudden (2) If transporting an object on the rear stop or sudden maneuver. You into the groove located on the buckle should be aware of the specific requirements in (b). way Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA). Child and/or infant safety seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat. B220C01JM You must use a commercially available child When you want to release the seat belt. children not in a child restraint should use one o To disconnect the metal tab (a) from the of the seat belts provided. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM 23 B220C01Y-AAT B230A03O-AAT To Release the Seat Belt ! WARNING: Children riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly restrained to (1) In case of folding rear seatbacks down. and fits your child. B220A02JM are inserted into the correct buckles to obtain maximum protection from the seat o In case of unlocking metal tab (a) and the belt system and assure proper operation. buckle (b). When fas. Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured. child restraint system. make sure it fits your car board rear seat shoulder belts. insert a narrow-ended tool All 50 states have child restraint laws. seat must be used. . the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS). Follow tening the outboard rear seat shoulder belts all the instructions provided by the manufac- or the rear seat center belt. buckle (b) . seat and seat belts. Larger up. press restraint system that meets the requirements of the button in the locking buckle. minimize the risk of injury in an accident. For ! WARNING: small children and babies. Before buying a particular nism is different from those for the out.

o A safety belt or child restraint system child's hips. even if the person holding the child of your vehicle. infant seat should be of appropriate size for the o Children who are too large to be in a child o Never allow a child to stand up or kneel child and should be installed in accordance with restraint should sit in the rear seat and be on the seat. can become very hot if it is left in a closed o If the seat belt will not properly fit the vehicle on a sunny day. with three child restraint hook holders for install- ing the child seat or infant seat. make or fasten it with a safety belt so that it will sure that it meets applicable Federal For small children and babies. Hyundai recommends the use of side temperature does not feel hot. the use of a child not be thrown forward in the case of a Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and that seat or infant seat is required. Using a Child Restraint System use. arms while they are in a moving vehicle. o Never use an infant carrier or a child required that the seat be placed in the vehicle's der belts. it could back. and as snug as possible. Your vehicle is provided an accident. Holding a child in a moving severely injure or kill an infant or child seat belt buckle may help provide a good vehicle does not provide the child with seated in an infant or child seat. even if the out. This child seat or sudden stop or an accident. child.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 24 ! WARNING: ! WARNING: ! WARNING: o A child restraint system must be placed o Always make sure that the shoulder belt o Never allow a child to be held in a person's in the rear seat. so that the seat belt will properly fit the B230B01E-AAT o When the child restraint system is not in child. Never install a child or portion of the lap/shoulder belt is posi. Moving the child closer toward the sudden stop. Never allow children to ride in safety seat that "hooks" over a seatback. store it in the luggage compartment Before purchasing a booster seat. Be an approved booster seat in the rear seat sure to check the seat cover and buckles in order to raise the child's seating height before placing a child there. tioned midway over the shoulder and as this could result in serious injury to Should an accident occur and cause the never across the neck or behind the the child in the event of an accident or a passenger side airbag to deploy. The lap belt portion of any means of protection during an acci- only use a child restraint in the rear seat the lap/shoulder belt must always be dent. . the manufacturer's instructions. It is further restrained with the available lap/shoul. it may not provide adequate security in contribution to safety. rear seat since this can make an important the front passanger seat. Thus shoulder belt fit. infant seat on the front passenger's seat. positioned as low as possible on the is wearing a seat belt. it is satisfactory for use with this vehicle.

. B230C04JM This symbol indicates the location of each user Tether Strap ready tether anchorage. Route the child restraint seat tether strap over the seatback. Child Restraint Hook Tether Child Restraint Holders anchor cover Hook Holder B230C05JM 1. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 25 B230C05O-AAT To install the child restraint seat tether Rear luggage compartment floor Installing a Child Restraint Seat with the "Tether Anchorage" System Three child restraint hook holders are located on the rear luggage compartment floor. Open the tether anchor cover on the rear luggage compartment floor. Hook B230B01JM Front of Vehicle 2.

properly in the center of the rear seat and o Do not mount more than one child re. restraint lower anchorage point. The ISOFIX anchors are the seat. causing serious injury or death. the child seat ward against the seatback with the ISOFIX attachments may not be strong seatback in a vertical position. The im.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 26 For vehicles with adjustable headrests. The ISOFIX anchors are located in the turer of the child restraint. restraint lower anchorage point. not re. compatible child seats. causing serious injury or straint to a single tether or to a child B230D01JM death. enough to secure the child restraint seat clined. o Do not mount more than one child re- proper increased load may cause the Some child seat manufacturers make safety straint to a single tether or to a child anchorage points or tether anchor to seats that are labeled as ISOFIX or ISOFIX. left and right outboard rear seating positions. This type of o Attach the ISOFIX or ISOFIX-compatible child seat eliminates the need to use seat belts child seat only to the appropriate loca- to attach the child seat for forward-facing child tions shown. seating positions in your vehicle. causing serious injury or death. route B230D03E-AAT the tether strap under the headrest and Securing the Child Restraint Seat with between the headrest posts. ISOFIX anchors. otherwise route the "ISOFIX" system ! WARNING: the tether strap over the top of the seatback. These seats include two improper increased load may cause the rigid or webbing mounted attachments that anchorage points or tether anchor to connect to two ISOFIX anchors at specific break. There is no ISOFIX anchor provided for the center rear seating position. The break. o Always follow the installation and use ISOFIX anchors have been provided in your instructions provided by the manufac- vehicle. Connect the tether strap hook to the child center of the rear seat using the vehicle's restraint hook holder and tighten to secure ISOFIX anchors. In a crash. Their locations are shown in the illustration. Do not misuse the ISOFIX anchors by attempt- ! WARNING: ing to attach a child safety seat in the middle of the rear seat position to the o Install the Child Restraint Seat fully rear. may break. . only provided for the left and right out- board rear seating positions. seats. o Do not install a child restraint seat at the 3.

Also. If the retractor is in the B230D03JM Automatic Locking mode. Also try to tug the seat forward. the risk of a child being seriously left and right outboard seating positions. To install a child restraint system in the center creases. double check to be sure that the retractor has engaged the Auto- matic Locking feature by trying to extend web- bing out of the retractor. which allows the seat belt to retract but not extend. extend the shoulder/lap belt entirely from its retractor until a "click" is felt. Install the child restraint system. Also. the belt will be locked. This will engage the seat belt retractor automatic locking feature. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 27 Follow the child seat manufacturer's instruc. Check to see if the anchors hold the seat in place. B230D02JM ! WARNING: The ISOFIX anchors are located between the If the child restraint seat is not anchored B235G02JM seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat properly. . test the safety seat before you place the child in it. Tilt the seat from side to side. Make sure that the lap portion of the belt is tight around the child restraint system and the shoulder portion of the belt is positioned so that it can not interfere with the child's head or neck. assure that the seat is properly attached to the ISOFIX and tether anchors. injured or killed in a collision greatly in. B230F01JM-AAT ISOFIX Anchor tions to properly install safety seats with ISOFIX Installation on Rear Seat Center Position Position Indicator or ISOFIX-compatible attachments. ISOFIX Anchor Once you have installed the ISOFIX child re- straint seat. rear seat. buckle the seat belt and allow the seat belt to take up any slack.

extend the shoulder/lap belt entirely from its retractor until a "click" is felt. If you need to tighten the belt. pull more webbing toward the Your Hyundai vehicle is equipped with driver's retractor. Also. . injure or kill an infant or child seated in matic Locking feature by trying to extend web. only bing out of the retractor. the pre-tensioner will system and the shoulder portion of the belt is in the front passenger seat. read the instructions supplied by the child re- straint system manufacturer. seat of your vehicle. the child restraint sys- buckle the seat belt and allow the seat belt to tem can move when your vehicle turns or take up any slack. the retractor will automatically The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make revert back to its normal seated passenger sure that the seat belts fit tightly against the Emergency Locking usage condition. Therefore. Should an activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact positioned so that it can not interfere with the accident occur and cause the passenger against the occupant's body. an infant or child seat. o If the seat belt does not operate as de- B235G03JM scribed. tem in any seating position. When you unbuckle the seat belt and and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts. depending on o Before installing the child restraint sys. child's head or neck. it could severely sure that the retractor has engaged the Auto. try B180B02JM-AAT Installation on Outboard Rear Seats to move it in all directions to be sure the child Pre-tensioner Seat Belt restraint system is securely installed. This will engage the seat belt retractor automatic locking ! WARNING: feature. have the system checked imme- diately by your authorized Hyundai dealer.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 28 B230G01O-AAT After installation of the child restraint system. which allows the seat belt to retract but o If the retractor is not in the Automatic not extend. the belt will be locked. HXG229 of the belt is tight around the child restraint o Do not install any child restraint system In certain frontal collisions. Locking mode. Make sure that the lap portion stops abruptly. the circumstances of a collision. To install a child restraint system in the outboard rear seats. The pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated NOTE: with or without airbag activation. If the retractor is in the use a child restraint system in the rear Automatic Locking mode. allow it to retract. Install the child restraint system. double check to be side airbag to deploy. occupant's body in certain frontal collisions.

The seat belt must be adjusted to the correct position. mainly of the following components. SRS control module system as soon as possible. Their loca. please have an 1. 4. this warning light will illu- fine dust. a loud noise may be heard and ing properly. The the instrument panel will illuminate for pre-tensioners will be activated even if approximately 6 seconds after the igni- the seat belts are not being worn at the tion key has been turned to the "ON" 4 time of the collision. Buckle pre-tensioner assembly seat belts were activated. may cause skin irritation and should not 6 seconds. o The sensor that activates the SRS airbag tensioner seat belt may be activated with is connected with the pre-tensioner seat or without airbag activation. The SRS airbag warning light BAG on on the circumstances of a collision. minate even if there is no malfunction of B180B01JM may be visible in the passenger com. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 29 Driver's airbag 1 NOTE: Passenger's airbag o Both the driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts will be activated ! CAUTION: in certain frontal collisions. position. Wash vehicle is being driven. SRS airbag warning light all exposed skin areas thoroughly after 2. If the SRS airbag partment. the SRS airbag system. ! WARNING: To obtain maximum benefit from a pre- tensioner seat belt: 1. These are normal operating warning light does not illuminate when The seat belt pre-tensioner system consists conditions and are not hazardous. . The seat belt must be worn correctly. depending AIR belts. and then it should turn off. or if it illuminates while the be breathed for prolonged periods. The pre. the ignition key is turned to "ON" or if it o Although it is harmless. 2. 3 o When the pre-tensioner seat belts are o If the pre-tensioner seat belt is not work- 2 activated. which may appear to be smoke. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly authorized Hyundai dealer inspect the an accident in which the pre-tensioner pre-tensioner seat belts and SRS airbag 3. the fine dust remains illuminated after approximately tions are shown in the illustration.

deployment based on how close the driver's B240A01JM o Do not attempt to inspect or replace the seat is to the steering wheel. the risk or severity of injury in an accident. Your Hyundai is equipped with an advanced must be done by an authorized Hyundai whether or not the seat belts are fastened. of any type.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 30 ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT (AIRBAG) SYSTEM (SRS) B240A01E-AAT The SRS uses a collection of sensors to gather information about the driver's and front ! WARNING: Driver's Airbag passenger's seat position. modify. These belt assemblies for several minutes after sensors provide the ability to control the SRS they have been activated. which are installed on the seat track. tion and seat belt usage. A second stage level is provided for more o Improper handling of the pre-tensioner severe impacts. glove box. According to the impact severity. The Hyundai SRS consists of airbags installed seat belt assemblies. A first stage passenger's side front panel pad above the pre-tensioner seat belt system in any level is provided for moderate-severity impacts. ity. pre. replace. in. riding in a motor vehicle. The dealer. . and Supplemental Restraint (Airbag) System. should always The driver's and front passenger's seat position be replaced after they have been worn sensors. determine if the seats are fore or aft of a o The pre-tensioner seat belt assembly reference position. indications of the system's presence are the o Do not strike the pre-tensioner seat belt letters "SRS AIRBAG" embossed on the airbag assemblies. how severe is the impact. the SRSCM(SRS panel above the glove box. the driver's and front o Pre-tensioners are designed to operate passenger's seat belt usage and impact sever- only one time. the seat belt usage mechanisms become hot during activa. The advanced SRS offers the ability to control pad cover in the steering wheel and the o Do not attempt to service or repair the the airbag inflation with two levels. tensioner seat belts must be replaced. during a collision. and failure to heed under the pad covers in the center of the the warnings to not strike. seating posi- steering wheel and the passenger's side front spect. Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat passenger's seat belts are fastened. how close the pre-tensioner seat belts yourself. SRS is to provide the vehicle's driver and/or the to improper operation or inadvertent Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase front passenger with additional protection than activation and serious injury. in o Always wear seat belts when driving or case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity. After activation. Similarly. This passenger's seat is to the instrument panel. The purpose of the tensioner seat belt assemblies may lead Control Module) controls the airbag inflation. sensors determine if the driver and front tion. service or repair the pre. that offered by the seat belt system alone. All seat belts. manner.

which protection can be provided by the ciently severe and when the impact angle pre-tensioner seat belt. Always sit as far back system. your Hyundai is equipped with an occupant classification system in the front passenger's seat. there is no malfunction of the SRS airbag airbags inflate. is less than 30° from the forward longi- o If you are considering modification of tudinal axis of the vehicle. because the SRS airbag warning from airbags as possible. or if it illuminates while pre-tensioner seat belts to help provide possible if the SRS warning light alerts the vehicle is being driven. point seat belt systems and is not a cation System" later in this section. The position sensor or interfere with the airbags deploy only in certain frontal ! CAUTION: occupant classification system. o Advanced airbags are combined with your car checked by a dealer as soon as mately 6 seconds. the tance Center at 1-800-633-5151. see "Occupant Classifi. front passenger's airbag under certain condi. please airbags will not deploy in side. different level than should be provided. and cause the airbag to deploy at a the driver's and the passenger's three tions. tensioners do not work properly. Additionally. light is connected with the seat position NOTE: o Ignoring the SRS indicator light can re- sensor. if it remains side of the sun visor and in the glove box. rear or contact the Hyundai Customer Assis- rollover impacts. enhanced occupant protection in fron- you to a potential problem. Seat belts must be worn at all times. For more detail. o Do not place any objects that may cause impact conditions severe enough to cause significant injury to the vehicle If the seat position sensor is not working occupants. properly. and be supplemental to. rized Hyundai dealer inspect the seat posi. not illuminate when the ignition key is SRS on the labels provided on the back- occupant classification system or pre- turned to the "ON" position. airbags will only deploy once. o Do not place any objects underneath the substitute for them. have an autho. the SRS is designed the front passenger's seat and will turn off the adversely affect the seat position sensor to work with. AIR magnetic fields near the front seats. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 31 Additionally. The occupant classification ! WARNING: ! WARNING: system detects the presence of a passenger in o Modification to the seat structure can o As its name implies. If the SRS airbag warning light does o Be sure to read information about the sult in serious or fatal injury if the airbags. your seat front seats which could damage the seat belts must be worn at all times. Have illuminated after coming on for approxi. Front airbags are not in- o The SRS is designed to deploy the front tion sensor and the advanced SRS airbag tended to deploy in light collisions in airbags only when an impact is suffi- system as soon as possible. The front your vehicle due to a disability. . tal crashes. Therefore. the SRS airbag warning light BAG on o Sitting too close to a front airbag can These may cause a malfunction of the the instrument panel will illuminate even if result in serious or fatal injury if the front seat position sensor.

and the front ing the driver should always wear their deploy in frontal crashes below the de. because any such object could cause also provided at their seating position to harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe minimize the risk of severe injury or enough to cause the airbags to deploy. all occupants includ- crashes. removed. passenger seat. . In addition. o Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS o Sitting improperly or out of position can wiring or other components of the SRS result in serious or fatal injury in a crash. Side Impact child restraint system must never be If an occupant is out of position because Rollover placed in the front seat. of the vehicle. Rear impact system. it can cause death or seri. airbags will not wheel. they must be re. Doing so could result in injury. make sure they are always properly belted and the seat is moved back as far as possible. the airbag may B240A02JM child could be severely injured or killed forcefully contact the occupant causing o The driver should sit back as far as by an airbag deployment in case of an serious or fatal injuries. The infant or of not wearing a seat belt. agers and older) must ride in the front seat. If you are sitting too close o Do not allow children to ride in the front to the airbag. rear-impact or rollover the airbag modules on the steering types of crashes. passenger's panel above the glove box. A rapidly to provide protection in a crash. All occupants should sit upright in their due to accidental deployment of the seats with their feet on the floor until the airbags or by rendering the SRS inopera. or lean unnecessarily close to the airbag placed by an authorized Hyundai dealer. o Do not install a child restraint system in o The SRS airbag system must deploy very the front passenger seat position. If older children (teen- ous injury when it inflates. instrument panel.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 32 ! WARNING: ! WARNING: ! WARNING: o Front airbags are not intended to deploy o No objects should be placed over or near o For maximum safety protection in all in side-impact. seat belts whether or not an airbag is ployment threshold. death in the event of a crash. vehicle is parked and the ignition key is tive. possible while still maintaining control accident. Do not sit o If the airbags deploy. while the vehicle is in motion.

tear seams molded directly B240B02JM into the pad covers will separate under pres- The SRS consists of the following components: sure from the expansion of the airbags. Passenger's Airbag Module the airbags. (Front passenger's seat only) . it will automatically 11. SRS Control Module (SRSCM) passenger's panel above the glove box. after which the SRI should go out. B240B02L 3 8 179 4 Upon deployment.Passenger Airbag Off Indicator deploy the front airbags.Occupant Classification System the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact (Front passenger's seat only) to the front of the vehicle. SRS Service Reminder Indicator (SRI) center of the steering wheel and in the front 9. Further 1. Knee Bolster 4. When 10. Driver's and Front Passenger's Seat Belt Usage Sensors/Buckle pre-tensioner B240B01L 7. Driver's and Front Passenger's Seat Posi- tion Sensors The airbag modules are located both in the 8. Pre-tensioner Seat Belt 5. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 33 B240B01JM-AAT The SRSCM continually monitors all elements SRS Components and Functions while the ignition is "ON" to determine if a frontal 32 710 4 or near-frontal impact is severe enough to 5 require airbag deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt deployment. 3. Driver's Airbag Module opening of the covers then allows full inflation of 2. Front Impact Sensor 6. The SRS service reminder indicator (SRI) on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the 11 6 "ON" position or after the engine is started.

instrument panel or air ed during airbag deployment may cause ventilator). conditions are normal and are not haz- forward visibility. wash them with water immedi. If there is any leak. and a mild soap after an accident in ately. enabling the driver to maintain strument panel surface. When installing a container of liquid air o When the SRS is activated. reducing the ! CAUTION: ! WARNING: risk of head and chest injury. which the airbags were deployed. slows the driver's or the passenger's forward motion. These starts deflating. leased throughout the vehicle.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 34 Passenger's Airbag Passenger's Airbag B240B03L B240B01JM B240B05L A fully inflated airbag. there may be freshener inside the vehicle. Wash all exposed skin liquid from the air freshener does leak onto areas thoroughly with lukewarm water these areas. If the skin irritation. the fine dust generat- operate other controls. . the airbag immediately near the instrument cluster nor on the in. it may damage these parts. and the ability to steer or age from the air freshener onto these areas ardous. (instrument cluster. in combination with a properly worn seat belt. However. do not place it a loud noise and fine dust will be re- After complete inflation.

NOTE: tem Control Module is equipped a record. The sensors o The SRS can function only when the are designed to detect the presence of a prop- tured in the following illustration. your vehicle erly-seated occupant and determine if the ignition key is in the "ON" position. a battery terminal. If the has an occupant classification system. strained in child restraints or with the vehicle seat belts. Failure to o Children under the age of 13 must al- heed this warning will cause the SRS SRI ways ride in the rear seat. Many times an indicator light is a sign that ing device which may record the use of the there is a need for service. Never remove or replace the restraint and booster seats must only be air bag related fuse(s) when the ignition used in the rear seat. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 35 B990A01JM-AAT The occupant classification system works with OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM sensors that are part of the right front ! WARNING: If your instrument panel has the indicator pic- passenger's seat and seat belt. be seriously injured or killed if the right o Before you replace a fuse or disconnect ditions. or after "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" will be visible on the engine is started. does not mean there is a need for service. The indicator will be visible when you turn the about 6 seconds when the ignition key ignition key to START or RUN. turn the ignition key air bags are not affected by the occupant o The safest place for children is in the rear to the "LOCK" position or remove the classification system. illuminates while driving. The driver's air bag and the side impact front passenger's air bag inflates. depending upon their size. it front passenger in certain collisions. have your vehicle immedi. NOTE: Your vehicle's Supplemental Restraint Sys. . Rearward and forward facing child ignition key. the pas. passenger's frontal air bag under certain con. senger sensing system will turn off the right front o A child in a rear-facing child restraint can ately inspected by your Hyundai dealer. seat. When the system check is complete. properly re- to illuminate. passenger's frontal air bag should be uously remains on after illuminating for enabled(may inflate) or not. SRS SRI does not illuminate or contin. the SRS is not working properly. The words is turned to the "ON" position. B990A01JM It informs the occupants of the status of the right front passenger's airbag on or off. the instrument panel during the system check. In the case of the seat belt restraint system by the driver and occupant classification system indicator. ! WARNING: If this occurs. key is in the "ON" position.

will be turned on and off for several seconds as Aftermarket equipment. safety belt properly -. after several more can affect how the occupant classification sys. but the indicator is turned on. the passenger air bag status indicator an upright position. When the passen. Then. centered on the seat cushion.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 36 The occupant classification system is designed B990B02JM-AAT to enable(may inflate) the right front passenger's Passenger Air Bag Status Indicator frontal air bag anytime the system senses that ! CAUTION: If your vehicle has the occupant classification a person of adult size is sitting properly in the Stowing of articles under the passenger's system. the occu- pant classification system may or may not turn off the right front passenger's frontal air bag. For some children who have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults. it means that the right front passenger's frontal air bag is disabled. it means that the right front passenger's frontal air bag is enabled. senger air bag status indicator. the indicator will turn off and stay proper operation of the occupant classifi- turned off to remind you that the air bag is active. your instrument panel will have a pas- right front passenger's seat. Do not use seat covers or other or off to let you know the status of the right front aftermarket equipment if your vehicle has the passenger's frontal air bag. The right front passenger should sit upright. . If the indicator is not illuminated. seat or between the passenger's seat cush. passenger's seat. a system check. it could be because that person isn't sitting properly in the seat. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is illuminated. the status indicator will be turned on tem operates. ger sensing system has allowed the air bag to ion and seatback may interfere with the be enabled. seconds. feet on the floor. B990A01JM with their seat belt on and legs comfortably When the ignition key is turned to RUN or extended. occupant classification system. such as seat covers. ! WARNING depending upon the person's seating posture Everyone in your vehicle should wear a and body build.whether or not If a person of adult-size is sitting in the right front there is an air bag for that person. and with the seat in START. cation system.

it tem. have the vehicle serviced or killed by an airbag deployment in case classification system Status Indicator light air bag promptly. 1. the SRS airbag shoulder belts. o Even though your vehicle is equipped cator light is on or off under the following o If the indicator and the air bag readiness with the occupant classification sys- conditions. the system may detect him/ classification system. *2) When a larger child who has outgrown a child tion only when the ignition key is in the "ON" restraint system sits in the passenger seat. centered on the seat cushion. light ever illuminate at the same time. use a rear-facing child restraint in the The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" status indi. because an adult-size person of an accident. o If the SRS airbag warning light does not passenger's seat is occupied by an adult who illuminate when the ignition key is turned is seated properly sitting upright and with the seat in an upright position. A child restraint system sitting in the right front passenger seat must never be placed in the front seat. her as a child depending on his/her physique o If there is a malfunction of the occupant and posture. right front passenger's seat. with their seat belt on and legs comfort- ! WARNING: to "ON" position. . the "PASSENGER AIR BAG" indicator will illuminate and the front passenger's airbag will not deploy in frontal crashes. If this ever infant or child could be severely injured tected by the occupant BAG OFF" passenger happens. child restraint system o If the occupant classification system is the rear seat and use the available lap/ not working properly. The Passenger status de. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 37 The occupant classification system can func. Adult *1 OFF Enabled may not have the supplemental protec. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat. Don't tion system with the SRS airbag system dealer. Children are afforded the 3. have an authorized Hyundai ably extended feet on the floor. classification system. an adult. if it remains illumi- nated after coming on for approximately o A child in a rear-facing child restraint can 6 seconds. Children who are too large for child 2."PASSENGER AIR Right front with the air bag system. do not install a child restraint sys- means that something may be wrong tem in the front passenger's seat. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" the system may detect him/her as an adult ! WARNING: indicator is illuminated when the front depending on his/her physique and posture. Child *2 or restraint systems should always occupy ON Disabled tion of the frontal air bag. Unoccupied (Empty) ON Disabled warning light on the instrument panel most safety in the event of an accident will illuminate because the passenger's when they are restrained by a proper *1) The system judges a person of adult size as airbag is connected with the occupant restraint system in the rear seat. as soon as possible. position. have your dealer inspect the occupant classifica- vehicle immediately inspected by your Hyundai be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger's air bag inflates.

and feet on the floor). Always be sure to sit properly in the front passenger seat and wear the seat belt properly. The purpose of the nated. the "Passen. depend- with legs spread. airbag in each front seat. If the "PASSENGER thing on the front passenger seat. Your Hyundai is equipped with a side impact ger Airbag Off" indicator may be illumi. The side their seating position(for example. and the designed to deploy in all side impact situations. speed and point of position). sification system. angle. the front passenger with additional protection o If an adult front seat passenger changes than that offered by the seat belt alone. right position. centered on the seat cush- ion. This AIR BAG OFF" indicator is illuminated can adversely affect the occupant clas- when the front passenger's seat is occu. o If luggage or other objects are placed on B990B02JM the front passenger's seat.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 38 B990B01JM-AAT Side Impact Airbag ! WARNING: ! WARNING: o The occupant classification system can o Do not modify or replace the front pas- function only when the ignition key is in senger seat. not impact airbags are designed to deploy only sitting upright. The side impact airbags are not OFF" indicator may illuminate. the front passenger seats. the "PASSENGER AIR BAG of impact. or otherwise being out ing on the crash severity. have your vehicle immediately inspected by your Hyundai dealer. . with the person's legs comfortably extended. pied by an adult who is seated properly o Do not install accessory seat covers on (sitting upright with the seat in an up. passenger's airbag may illuminate not deploy in a collision. Don't place or attach any- the "ON" position. sitting slouched . sitting during certain side-impact collisions. These conditions do not indicate airbag is to provide the vehicle's driver and/or a problem.

Side airbag o Do not use any accessory seat covers. the front seat occupants and the rear outboard belt systems and is not a substitute for bag. The driver's hands should be placed on the steering wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00 o'clock positions. o The side impact airbag is supplemental or between the airbag and yourself. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 39 B990C01LZ-GAT Curtain Airbag ! WARNING: Curtain Airbag both front seat occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belt properly fastened. sensor o Use of seat covers could reduce or pre- vent the effectiveness of the system. collisions from the o For best protection from the side impact personal injury. etc. avoid impact to the side front or rear of the vehicle or in most rollover airbag system and to avoid being injured airbag sensor when the ignition key is on. Your seat belts must be worn at all front seat.) between the front door and the seat occupants in certain side impact collisions. Do not place any objects over the airbag Curtain airbags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors. They are designed to help protect the heads of to the driver's and the passenger's seat o Do not place any objects (an umbrella. o To prevent unexpected deployment of The curtain airbags are not designed to deploy pants. The passenger's arms and hands should be placed on their laps. situations. if the supplemental side impact air bag during certain side impact collisions. speed and impact. them. depending pact conditions severe enough to cause inflates. the side impact air bag that may result in in all side impact situations. angle. . Such objects may become times while the vehicle is in motion. significant injury to the vehicle occu. HJM2056 o Do not use excessive force on the side of ! WARNING: o the seat. on the crash severity. The dangerous projectiles and cause injury The curtain airbags are designed to deploy only airbags deploy only in certain side im. by the deploying side impact airbag. HTB072 o Do not install any accessories on or near the side impact airbag.

Failure versely affect SRS performance and lead to follow these precautions and proce- to possible injury. because any such object could cause versely affect SRS performance and lead harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe to an increased risk of injury. Doing so could result in injury. Improper wheel. . don't try o Any work on the SRS system. knows these precautions and can give tions to the body structure. installing. or other components of the SRS A child restraint system must never be system. be discarded. it can ad- serious personal injury. If the SRS SRI (Service Reminder only a soft. make certain that yourself. including the addition of any kind of must be observed. have the car towed to removing. and the front guard with the one other than the Hyundai handling of the airbag system may result in passenger's panel above the glove box. Otherwise. to start the engine. carpeting or water on the floor. vents or cleaners could adversely affect o If your car was flooded and has soaked diately inspected by your Hyundai dealer. repairing. or if the vehicle must be o Modification to SRS components or wir. genuine parts. such as ment of the system. Your Hyundai dealer badges to the pad covers or modifica. owner. the airbag covers and proper deploy. dures could increase the risk of personal injury. o Do not install a child restraint system in o Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS the front passenger seat position. can ad. ! WARNING: o If the airbags inflate. The infant or due to accidental inflation of the airbags child could be severely injured or killed or by rendering the SRS inoperative. dry cloth or one which has this manual is transferred to the new Indicator) does not illuminate. wiring. scrapped. Sol. ously remains on. by an airbag deployment in case of an o If components of the airbag system must accident. or any work o No objects should be placed over or near an authorized Hyundai dealer. they must be re- placed by an authorized Hyundai dealer. enough to cause the airbags to inflate. use o If you sell your vehicle. on the steering wheel must be performed by the airbag modules on the steering o Do not replace the bumper or the bumper a qualified Hyundai technician. have your vehicle imme. or continu. been moistened with plain water. certain safety precautions ing. placed in the front seat.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 40 B240C01JM-AAT SRS Care o The SRS is virtually maintenance free and ! WARNING: ! WARNING: there are no parts you can safely service by o For cleaning the airbag pad covers. you the necessary information. instrument panel.

ing. the operation of your vehicle's airbag system. operation of the supplemental restraint sys. close to the airbag covers. Placing items under the front seats could side sheet metal or ride height. fully back in the seat. Carrying hard or sharp objects in the rear seat. be thrown against the inside of the vehicle. tion of the front seats could interfere with the Adding Equipment to or Modifying Your hicle. All infants and o Passengers should not place hard or children should be properly restrained in sharp objects between themselves and appropriate child safety seats or seat belts the airbags. Airbag-Equipped Vehicle. this may affect o Do not use any accessories on seat interfere with the operation of the supple. and your feet on change seats while the vehicle is mov. o Do not modify the front seats. belts. . or placed on the front or side impact airbag the floor. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 41 B240D01JM-AAT o Keep occupants away from the airbag Additional Safety Precautions covers. reduce the protection provided by the seat o Never hold an infant or child on your lap. or out of the ve. belt and increase the chance of serious The infant or child could be seriously injured injury in a crash. If you modify your vehicle by changing your same seat belt. o Do not attach or place objects on or near o Always sit upright. All occupants should sit upright. If more than one person uses the airbags. bumper system. mental restraint system sensing compo- pant comfort or reposition the seat belt can nents and wiring harnesses. on and their feet on the floor. vehicle's frame. A passenger who is not wearing a seat covers could interfere with the proper opera- belt during a crash or emergency stop can tion of the airbags. on your lap or in your mouth can result in injuries if an airbag inflates. front end or injured or killed in a collision. Any object attached to with your seat belt on. or killed in the event of a crash. Devices claiming to improve occu. they could be seriously o Do not place items under the front seats. fully o Never let passengers ride in the cargo back in their seats with their seat belts on and ! WARNING: area (trunk) or on top of a folded-down their feet on the floor. All occupants should sit upright. Modifica- against other occupants. o Passengers should not move out of or the airbag covers. crash. they could be result in serious injury or death in a fully back in their seats with their seat belts injured if the airbags inflate. o Each seat belt is designed to restrain one tem sensing components or side impact occupant. If occupants are too o Sitting improperly or out of position can back seat.

1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 42 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND INDICATOR LIGHTS B260A01JM-AAT B260A01JM-U .

Parking Brake/Low Brake Fluid Level Warning Light 19. Low Oil Pressure Warning Light 20. Fuel Gauge 22. Coolant Temperature Gauge 9. Trip Computer (If installed) 6. Speedometer 18. Traction Control Indicator Light (If installed)/ Electronic Stability Program (ESP) Indicator Light (If installed) . 4WD System Warning Light (If installed) 12. Seat Belt Warning Light 15. 4WD Lock Indicator Light 11. ABS Service Reminder Indicator (If installed) 2. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 43 1. Cruise Indicator (If installed) 10. Supplemental Restraint (AirBag) System 16. High Beam Indicator Light 21. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) 7. Odometer/ Trip odmeter 5. Door Ajar Warning Light 4. Charging System Warning Light 8. Tachometer 13. Tail Gate Open Warning Light 24. Low Fuel Warning Light 23. Automatic Transaxle Position Indicator Light (If installed) Service Reminder Indicator (SRI) 17. Turn Signal Indicator Light 14. Immobilizer Warning Light (If installed) 3.

is a serious malfunction. there beam or flash position. If the light stays on with the engine running. If the arrow comes on but does not blink. In any instance where the oil light panel show the direction indicated by the turn stays on when the engine is running. ever the headlights are switched to the high stays on while the engine is running. The oil pressure warn- working properly. fill the Turn Signal Indicator Lights engine oil to the proper level and start the engine again. turn off the engine and check the oil level. turn the engine off imme- The blinking green arrows on the instrument diately. the signals. . B260F01A-AAT ing light comes on whenever there is insuf- or continuously remains on after coming on for High Beam Indicator Light ficient oil pressure. stop the car as soon as it is B260D01A-AAT safe to do so. In normal operation.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 44 WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS B260B01JM-AAT B260E02O-AAT B260G01A-AAT SRS (Airbag) Service Seat Belt Reminder Light Low Oil Pressure Warning Light Reminder Indicator (SRI) and Chime The SRS service reminder indicator (SRI) comes The seat belt reminder light blinks until your seat on for about 6 seconds after the ignition key is belt is fastened when the ignition key is turned turned to the "ON" position or after the engine from the "OFF" position to "ON" or "START" and ! CAUTION: is started. If this happens. serious engine This light also comes on when the SRS is not damage may result. or does not dealer before the car is driven again. If the low oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is running. If the oil pressure warning light inspected by an authorized Hyundai Dealer. then go out when the engine or if it comes on while driving. If the SRI does not come on. a malfunction in the turn signal system is indicated. it about 6 seconds when you turned the ignition should come on when the ignition switch key to the "ON" position or started the engine. illuminate at all. the warning chime will sound for 6 seconds. have the SRS The high beam indicator light comes on when. is turned on. Your dealer should be consulted for repairs. after which it will go out. If the oil level is low. engine should be checked by a Hyundai blinks more rapidly than normal. is started.

if no other trouble is The charging system warning light should come ! WARNING: found. If the light stays on If you suspect brake trouble. the vehicle while the engine is running. Have the system checked by your systems working. the light shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking Tail Gate Open Warning Light should go out when the parking brake is re. Your Hyundai is equipped with dual-diagonal certain the generator drive belt is in place. After the engine is started. Warning Light Operation and greater pedal pressure are required to stop The parking brake/brake fluid level warning light the car. the car will not stop in as short a should come on when the parking brake is distance with only half of the brake system B260B01JM-AAT applied and the ignition switch is turned to "ON" working. engine and check under the hood. turn off the problem in either the brake electrical sys. This means you still have check the tension of the belt. Also. more than normal pedal travel Hyundai dealer as soon as possible. leased. ous. there is a malfunc- brakes checked by a Hyundai dealer as should not be driven at all but taken to a dealer tion in the electrical charging system. turned to "ON" or "START". the warning This light remains on unless the tail gate and/or light should come on when the ignition switch is tail gate window is completely closed and latched. Do this as shown death. If it is. If the light comes on at any other time. then go out when the engine is running. then go out when the engine starts. Driving your car with a by a professional towing service or some other comes on while you are driving. With only one of the dual the belt. If the parking brake is not applied. If the brakes fail while you are driving. you should slow the vehicle and bring it to a complete stop in a safe location off the roadway. on when the ignition is turned on. First. or "START". . have your If further trouble is experienced. If the light soon as possible. braking on two wheels even if one of the dual on page 6-21 by pushing down on the center of systems should fail. and could result in a serious injury or braking systems. and stop the car as soon as it is safe to do so. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 45 B260H02A-AAT The brake fluid level warning light indicates that B260J02A-AAT Parking Brake/Low Brake Fluid the brake fluid level in the brake master cylinder Charging System Warning Light Level Warning Light is low and hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specifications should be added. After adding fluid. stop. make tem or brake hydraulic system is danger. the car should be immediately and care- fully driven to a Hyundai dealer for inspection. safe method.

problem with E. B265C01O-AAT Traction Control Indicator B260M01A-AAT B260P02Y-GAT Low Fuel Level Warning Light ABS Service Reminder Lights (If installed) Indicator (If installed) The traction control indicators change opera- tion according to the ignition switch position and The low fuel level warning light comes on when When the key is turned to the "ON" position.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 46 B260L02HP-GAT B260N01A-AAT Door ajar warning light and chime Malfunction Indicator Light (If Installed) ! WARNING: The door ajar warning light warns you that a door This light illuminates when there is a malfunction If both the ABS SRI and Parking Brake/ is not completely closed and the chime warns of an exhaust gas related component. does not illuminate when the ignition key is as soon as possible. The chime sounds until the key is turned to the "ON" position. but should go out possible. problem with the ABS. the whether the system is in operation or not. this indicates that there may be a rized Hyundai dealer and have the system converter. If it illuminates while driving. you should add fuel as soon as and then go off in a few seconds.B. The warning chime only sounds whenever is turned to the "ON" position. your Hyundai dealer as soon as possible. Driving with the fuel level warning light remains on. take your car to your autho- engine to misfire and damage the catalytic position.D. If the TCS or TCS-OFF on or with the fuel level below "E" can cause the come on when the key is turned to the "ON" indicator stays on. (Electronic Brake Force NOTE : This light will also illuminate when the ignition key Distribution). the system checked. comes on while driving. there may be a exhaust gas regulation values are not satisfied. but without the assistance of the anti-lock brake system. or does not after three seconds. the fuel tank is approaching empty. neously. take your car to your removed from the ignition switch or the nearest authorized Hyundai dealer and have driver's side front door is closed. See section 2 for more information If this occurs. If the ABS SRI turned to the "ON" position. system is not functioning properly so that the or come on while driving. or your vehicle checked by your Hyundai dealer driver's side front door is open simulta. avoid sudden stops and have the key is in the ignition switch and the a few seconds. have your vehicle checked by about the TCS. . and the Brake fluid level warning lights remain "ON" you that the key is in the ignition switch. and will go out in If this occurs. When it Anti-Lock Brake System indicator will come on They will illuminate when the ignition key is comes on. The normal braking system will still be operational. checked.

while driving. 4WD System Warning Light rized Hyundai dealer and have the system NOTE: checked. If this oc- switch on the end of the barrel is pushed. If the ESP or ESP-OFF pushing the switch again. the 4WD(Four Wheel Drive) system warning light will come on and then go off in a few seconds. They will illuminate when the ignition key is snow-covered roads and/or off-road. B260T01O-GAT indicator stays on. this indicates that there is a ter is illuminated when the cruise control main malfunction in the 4WD system. and the light will turn off. the cruise control system will be sible. conditions. but should go out The 4WD lock indicator light is turned off by after three seconds. have your vehicle checked by an au- When the cruise control main switch is pushed thorized Hyundai dealer as soon as pos- a second time. the control switch is in the "CANCEL" position. B260Q01E-GAT Cruise Indicator Light (If installed) ! CAUTION: If the 4WD system warning light ( ) blinks The cruise indicator light in the instrument clus. . position and whether the system is in operation The SET indicator light does not illuminate when The purpose of this switch is to increase the or not. See section 2 for more information (If installed) Do not use 4WD on normal dry pavement about the ESP. The 4WD lock switch is pushed. drive power when driving on wet pavement. Information on the use of cruise control may be found on page 1-79. take your car to your autho. curs. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 47 B265C01LZ-AAT B260R01E-GAT B260V01JM-GAT Electronic Stability SET Indicator Light 4WD Lock Indicator Light Program Indicator Lights (If installed) (If installed) (If installed) The SET indicator light in the instrument cluster The 4WD (Four Wheel Drive) lock indicator light The electronic stability program indicators is illuminated when the cruise control switch is in the instrument cluster is illuminated when the change operation according to the ignition switch pushed downward to "SET (COAST)". When the key is turned to the "ON" position. turned to the "ON" position.

The sound may come and go or be heard all the time when the vehicle is moving. HJM2182 mate fuel level in the fuel tank.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 48 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER B270A01O-AAT B280A01A-AAT B290A02A-AAT BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING SOUND FUEL GAUGE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE The front and rear disc brake pads have wear GAUGE indicators that should make a high-pitched squealing or scraping noise when new pads are needed. The engine coolant is under pressure and could erupt and cause severe burns. ! WARNING: Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Wait until the engine is cool before adding coolant to the reservoir. Excessive rotor damage will result if the worn pads are not replaced. . See your Hyundai dealer immediately. It may also be heard when the brake pedal is pushed down firmly. The fuel capacity is given in Section 9. HJM2181 The needle on the gauge indicates the approxi.

B330A01JM B300A01JM The tachometer registers the speed of your Your Hyundai's speedometer is calibrated in engine in revolutions per minute (rpm). FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 49 The needle on the engine coolant temperature B330A03A-AAT B300A01A-AAT gauge should stay in the normal range. have your cooling system checked by a Hyundai dealer as soon as possible. This can cause severe engine damage and may void your warranty. ! CAUTION: The engine should not be raced to such a speed that the needle enters the red zone on the tachometer face. Then open the hood and. . pull over and stop as soon as possible and turn off the engine. check the coolant level and the water pump drive belt. miles per hour (on the outer scale) and kilome- ters per hour (on the inner scale). If it moves TACHOMETER SPEEDOMETER across the dial to "H" (HOT). after the engine has cooled. If you suspect cooling system trouble.

. B Type NOTE: Any alteration of the odometer may void your warranty coverage. B310B02JM 2. such as a tripmeter. Odometer The trip computer is a microcomputer-con- The odometer records the total driving distance trolled driver information gauge that displays in miles and is useful for keeping a record for information related to driving. average fuel consumption and distance to empty on the LCD.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 50 TRIP COMPUTER B310B02JM-EAT B400B02JM-AAT ODOMETER/TRIP ODOMETER (If installed) Reset Switch HJM2185 B310B04JM A Type HJM2185 1. Trip odometer This mode indicates the drive distance travelled since the last reset. maintenance intervals.

the trip computer displayed. B Type TRIPMETER B Type DISTANCE TO EMPTY B400B01JM-A B400B03JM-A AVERAGE FUEL CONSUMPTION o This mode indicates the total distance trav. o When the distance to empty is less than 31miles. Total to empty with the current fuel in the fuel tank distance is also reset to zero if the battery is and distance to empty symbol. If less fuel is added. Tripmeter 2. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 51 Trip Computer Switch 1. o This mode indicates the estimated distance elled since the last tripmeter reset. . Distance to Empty o The trip computer switch is used to zero the A Type A Type multi-functional display mode. o When refueling with more than 2 gallons (8 o Pressing the trip computer switch for more liters). may not reset. clears the tripmeter to zero.9kms) more than 62miles after refueling the tank. disconnected. o Pushing in the trip computer switch behind the right side of the steering wheel changes the display as follows. the symbol will come on constantly and the distance to empty digits will flash "----" until more fuel is added. the trip computer will recognize refu- than 1 second. drive miles (999. when the tripmeter is being eling. o The meter's working range is from 0 to 621 o For an accurate distance to empty.

Turn Signal Operation pattern or vehicle speed. driving consumption input. the actual tripmeter according to driving distance since the last average consump. or does not go on at all. Average Fuel Consumption upwards on the lever causes the turn signals on miles per gallon. o The total fuel used is calculated from the fuel SWITCH o The distance to empty can vary accord- ing to the driving conditions. the right side of the car to blink. tion reset. HEADLIGHT AND HIGH-BEAM condition habits.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 52 MULTI-FUNCTION LIGHT SWITCH NOTE: o This mode calculates the average fuel con. drive more than 31 miles. goes on but does not blink. If either turn signal indicator light blinks more rapidly than usual. the lever will automatically return to the center position and turn off the turn signals at the same time. Check for a burned- B Type out fuse or bulb or see your Hyundai dealer. there is a malfunction in the system.9 signals on the left side of the car to blink. Pulling down on the lever causes the turn o The meter's working range is from 0. B340A01A-AAT o The distance to empty can differ from sumption from the total fuel used and the COMBINATION TURN SIGNAL. B400B02JM-A . Pushing 3.0 to 99. o For an accurate calculation. As the turn is A Type completed.

move the lever up or To operate the headlights. The High Beam Indicator Light will come on at the same time. The headlights can be flashed even though the headlight switch is If you do not turn the parking lights "OFF" after in the "OFF" position. sidelights. pull the lever back toward you. HJM2088 To flash the headlights. the parking lights will automatically shut "OFF" when the driver's door is opened. end of the multi-function switch. tail position when released. driving. then release it. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 53 B340B01A-AAT B340C03A-AAT B340D01A-AAT Lane Change Signal Headlight Switch High-beam Switch To turn on the headlight high beams. push the lever forward (away from you). For low beams. The second position turns on the headlights. turn the barrel on the down to a point where it begins flashing. pull the switch lever Parking Light Auto Off toward you. you must simply turn the ignition key to the "ON" position. B340E01A-AAT Headlight Flasher HJM2089 HJM2084 To indicate a lane change. To turn them "ON" again. The first posi- The lever will automatically return to the center tion turns on the parking lights. NOTE: The ignition must be in the "ON" position to turn on the headlights. lights and instrument panel lights. .

If reservoir is empty.(If installed) use windshield washer antifreeze. there is only a light layer of snow or ice. do NOTE: not attempt to wipe away heavy accumula. the 1. o Do not operate the washer more than 15 tions of snow or ice. turn the tions: To use the windshield washer. High-speed operation shield. . 3. o In icy or freezing weather. Low-speed operation matically make three passes across the wind- cally on or off according to external illumination. deicer. If washer lever toward the steering wheel. Accumulated snow seconds at a time or when the fluid and ice should be removed manually. or activate the windshield wiper blade o In areas where water freezes in winter. pull the wiper/ barrel on the end of the multi-function switch. the wipers auto- tail lights and headlights will be turned automati. 2. NOTE: To prevent damage to the wiper system. Intermittent wiper operation the washer lever is operated. be sure the operate the heater in the defrost mode to wiper blades are not frozen to the glass melt the snow or ice before using the wiper prior to operating the wipers. The washer continues to operate until the lever is released. HJM2092-U To operate the automatic light feature.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 54 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH B340G01L-GAT B350A01JM-AAT B350B01JM-GAT Auto Light (If installed) Windshield Washer Operation B350A01JM-U HJM2085 The windshield wiper switch has three posi. When you set the multi-function switch to "AUTO".

place the HJM2096-U windshield wiper and washer control lever up.OFF It also can be varied by vehicle speeds within 3. . 1. 5. push the To use the intermittent wiper feature. seconds by turning the interval adjuster barrel. the interval between ate three times after the washer fluid wipes can be varied from approximately 1 to 18 sprays onto the rear window. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 55 B350C01O-AAT B390A01JM-AAT Mist Wiper Operation Adjustable Intermittent Wiper Operation Rear Window Wiper And Washer (If installed) HJM2093-U HJM2091-U If a single wipe is desired in mist.ON : The rear window wiper starts to oper- ate continuously. 2. wiper switch in the "INT" position.INT: The interval between wipes operates same time. 4. every 5 seconds intermittently. : The rear window wiper starts to oper- switch in this position. With the wards. : The washer fluid will be sprayed onto the rear window and the wiper oper- ates while the rear window wiper bar- rel is placed in this position.

The hazard warning lights are turned on by NOTE: pushing in the hazard switch. always pull off the "ON" position. whenever you find it necessary to stop the car They will light when the headlight switch is in the in a hazardous location. lights will operate even though the key is not in the ignition. To turn the hazard warning lights off. (If installed) voir is empty. the turn signal lights to blink. push the switch. this can result in scratching as well as prema- ture wiper blade wear. . This causes all If you turn on the headlight high beams.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 56 FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH HAZARD WARNING SYSTEM Do not operate the washer continuously for B360A04A-AAT B370A01A-AAT more than 15 seconds or when the fluid reser. HJM2098 HJM2097 The hazard warning system should be used To turn on the front fog lights. When you must make second position and the ignition key is in the such an emergency stop. road as far as possible. this could damage the system. Do not operate the wiper when the window is dry. The hazard warning front fog lights will be turned off. push the switch a second time.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 WINDOW DEFROSTER 57 SWITCH B385A01JM-AAT B380A01Y-AAT Windshield wiper Blade De-icer Rear Window Defroster Switch (If installed) ! CAUTION: Do not clean the inner side of the rear window glass with an abrasive type of glass cleaner or use a scraper to remove foreign deposits from the inner surface of the glass as this may cause damage to the defroster elements. push the switch push the switch a second time. switch. NOTE: The ignition must be in the "ON" position for the rear window defroster to operate. To turn the defroster off. utes. The windshield a second time. The rear window defroster wiper blade de-icer automatically turns itself off automatically turns itself off after about 15 min- after about 20 minutes. To turn the de-icer off. push in the switch again after it has turned itself off. . To restart the defroster cycle. HJM2104 HJM2101 The rear window defroster and heated outside The windshield wiper blade de-icer is turned on rearview mirrors are turned on by pushing in the by pushing in the switch.

control knob. into its socket. To use the cigarette lighter.Push "R" to reset minutes to ":00" to can damage the heating element and create a facilitate resetting the clock to the correct time. changes the readout to 11 : 00.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 58 DIGITAL CLOCK INSTRUMENT PANEL LIGHT CIGARETTE LIGHTER CONTROL (RHEOSTAT) B400A01A-AAT B410A01A-AAT B420A01A-AAT HJM2137 B410A01JM B420A01JM There are three control buttons for the digital The instrument panel lights can be made brighter For the cigarette lighter to work. cated.Push "H" to advance the hour indi. the lighter will pop out to the "ready" position. Their functions are: or dimmer by turning the instrument panel light be in the "ACC" position or the "ON" position. push it all the way HOUR . Pressing "R" between 11 : 30 and 12 : 29 changes the readout to 12 : 00. Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressed in. This RESET . When the element has heated. MIN . fire hazard. When this is done: If it is necessary to replace the cigarette lighter.Push "M" to advance the minute indicated. use only a genuine Hyundai replacement or its Pressing "R" between 10 : 30 and 11 : 29 approved equivalent. the key must clock. .

be thrown out in the event of a sudden o Do not use the power outlet to connect stop or an accident. The objects can may cause the battery to be discharged. than those designed to operate on 12 volts. . Using when electrical components. move the ashtray to empty or clean it. To re. Spilled move a plug form the power outlet after liquids can damage interior trim and using the electric appliance. A spilled beverage that is very hot o Use when the engine is running and re. can injure you or your passengers. the engine stops or remaining the electric o Do not place objects other than cups or appliance with plugged in for many hours cans in the drink holder. lift the console . the key is in the "ON" or "ACC" position. These supply 12V electric power to operate ashtray upward and pull it out. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 POWER OUTLETS ASHTRAY / COIN TRAY DRINK HOLDER 59 B500D02JM-GAT B430A01JM-AAT B450A01JM-AAT (If installed) Front Drink Holder B430A01JM HJM2156 The front ashtray/coin tray may be opened by HJM2159 These are located in the quarter trim and on the pushing and releasing the ashtray lid. The front drink holder is located on the main rear main console. possibly injuring electric accessories or equipment other the passengers in the vehicle. ! WARNING: ! CAUTION: o Use caution when using the drink hold- ers. The ashtray coin electric accessories or equipment only when tray light will only illuminate when the external lights are on.

closed. possibly injuring the passen- gers in the vehicle. you The rear drink holders is located in the rear seat Your HYUNDAI is equipped with a sliding sun. can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof arm rest. Do not place objects other than cups or Never adjust the sunshade while driving. The rear drink holder can be used by shade which you can manually adjust to let in control buttons located on the overhead con- pulling the rear seat armrest. sole. The sunroof can only be opened. light with the sunroof closed. or tilted when the ignition switch is in the "ON" ! WARNING: ! WARNING: position. This objects can be thrown out in the event of a sudden stop or an accident. . or to block sunlight. cans in the drink holder.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 60 SUNROOF B450B01JM-AAT B460A01Y-AAT B460B01JM-GAT REAR DRINK HOLDER (If installed) Opening the Sunroof (If installed) Sun Shade HJM2024 HJM2160 HJM2029 If your vehicle is equipped with this feature.

To use the autotilt feature. To stop the sunroof tilting at any point. press any sunroof control button. nents could occur. than 1 second) press the SLIDE OPEN button arms or body are between the sliding on the overhead console.5 second. o Do not place your head or arms out of the sunroof opening at any time. way open. momentarily (more o Do not press any sunroof control button than 1 second) press the TILT UP button on the longer than necessary. any point. The sunroof will slide glass and the sunroof sash. press any sunroof control button. To stop the sunroof sliding at result in injury. . The sunroof will tilt all the Damage to the motor or system compo. as this could all the way open. Manual tilt open Press the TILT UP button on the overhead console for less than 0. Manual slide open Press the SLIDE OPEN button on the overhead console for less than 0. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 61 B460C01JM-AAT Sliding the sunroof Tilting the Sunroof Auto slide open ! WARNING: To use the autoslide feature.5 second. Auto tilt open sunroof is closed. overhead console. o Periodically remove any dirt that may have accumulated on the guide rails. Close ! CAUTION: o Do not open the sunroof in severely cold HJM2025 To close the sunroof. press the CLOSE button temperature or when it is covered with on the overhead console and hold it until the ice or snow. momentarily (more o Do not close a sunroof if anyone's hands.

Remove the rectangular plastic interior light lenses in the front overhead console by using a flat blade screwdriver. Remove the mounting screws of the front overhead console with a (+) driver. press the CLOSE button on the overhead console and hold it until the If the sunroof does not electrically operate: sunroof is closed. be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it. HJM2026 1. . HJM2027 2. NOTE: After washing the car or after there is rain.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 62 B460D03B-GAT Close Manual Operation of Sunroof To close the sunroof.

Turn the ignition key to the ON position. Turn the wrench clockwise to open or coun. This wrench more than 5 seconds until the sunroof can be found in the vehicle's glove box. When this is complete. . ! CAUTION: If the sunroof is not reset. night or as a personal light for the driver and the 4. And then press Push in the map light switch to turn the light on 4. do as follows. HJM2028 2) In case that the sunroof has slide-opened: 3. you have to reset your sunroof system as follows: 1. This light is convenient as a map light at terclockwise to close the sunroof. the sunroof system is reset. it may not operate properly. Insert the hexagonal head wrench provided Press and hold the CLOSE button for HJM2099 with the vehicle into the socket. release it. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 INTERIOR LIGHT 63 B460E01JM-GAT B480B01JM-AAT Resetting the sunroof Map Light Whenever the vehicle battery is disconnected Without Sunroof or discharged. Then. the TILT UP button for 1 second or off. According to the position of the sunroof. or you use the emergency handle to operate the sunroof. 3. 2. With sunroof 1) In case that the sunroof has closed com- pletely or been tilted : Press the TILT UP button for 1 second. until the sunroof has returned to the original position of TILT UP after it is raised a little higher than the maximum TILT UP position. Press and hold the TILT UP button once again passenger. has closed completely.

Do not leave this button pressed for an sengers in the vehicle. In the "ON" position. an accident or a sudden stop. . the glove box side the spectacle case. the interior courtesy light comes on when any door is opened regard- less of the ignition key position. The The spectacle case is located on the front release lever. pull on the glove box The interior courtesy light has two buttons. two buttons are: overhead console. possibly injuring the pas- times. o DOOR case. o The glove box door can be locked (and Push the end of the cover to open the spectacle unlocked) with the key. Do not keep objects except spectacle in. extended period of time when the vehicle is not running. The light goes ! ! WARNING: WARNING: To avoid the possibility of injury in case of out gradually 6 seconds after the door is closed. the light stays on at all or an accident.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 64 SPECTACLE CASE GLOVE BOX B490A01JM-AAT B491A03O-GAT INTERIOR LIGHT (If Installed) HJM2145 HJM2100 HJM2158 o To open the glove box. Such objects can door should be kept closed when the car is o ON be thrown out in the event of a sudden stop in motion. In the "DOOR" position.

B510A01JM The outside rearview mirrors are equipped with a remote control for your convenience. When using the mirror. both to the left and right sides. always check that your mirrors are positioned so you can see behind you. as well as directly behind your vehicle. It is operated by the control lever in the bottom front corner of the window. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 OUTSIDE REARVIEW MIRROR 65 B500B01O-AAT B510A01A-AAT Illuminated Glove Box Manual Type Opening the glove box will automatically turn on ! CAUTION: the light when the multi-function switch is turned If the mirror control is jammed with ice. always exercise caution when attempt- ing to judge the distance of vehicles behind or along side of you. Use an approved spray de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) to release the frozen mechanism or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt. . do to the first/second position. Before driving away. not attempt to break it free using the control handle or by manipulating the face of the mirror.

Any objects seen in to your preferred rear vision. soft cloth or approved de-icer. use a sponge. To remove any ice. . The switch controls the adjustments for both right rearview mirror glass will be heated for defrost- and left outside mirrors. Push the To adjust the position of either mirror: switch again to turn the heater off. To right sides.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 66 B510B01Y-AAT B510D01Y-AAT Electric Type (If installed) OUTSIDE REARVIEW MIRROR HEATER ! CAUTION: (If installed) o Do not operate the switch continuously for an unnecessary length of time. The outside rearview mirror heater is actuated this mirror are closer than they appear. The outside rearview mirror heater automatically turns itself 1. 2. ing or defogging and will give you improved rear vision in inclement weather conditions. o Scraping ice from the mirror face could cause permanent damage. and to the rear of the left and in connection with the rear window defroster. push in The remote control outside rearview mirror the switch for the rear window defroster. both directly be. Move the selecting switch to the right or left off after 15 minutes. ! WARNING: Be careful when judging the size or dis- HJM2073 tance of any object seen in the passenger side rear view mirror. hind the vehicle. heat the outside rearview mirror glass. It is a convex mirror The outside rearview mirrors can be adjusted HJM2104 with a curved surface. Adjust mirror angle by depressing the appro- priate perimeter switch as illustrated. to activate the adjustable mechanism for the corresponding door mirror.

. This could result in loss of control. In the "night" position. by flipping the tab at the bottom of the mirror The outside rearview mirrors can be folded toward you. and an acci- dent which could cause serious injury or death. The "night" position is selected HJM2072 toward the rear. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 DAY/NIGHT INSIDE REARVIEW 67 MIRROR B510C01A-AAT B520A01A-AAT B520C02JM-AAT FOLDING THE OUTSIDE REARVIEW Manual Type AUTOMATIC DIMMING REAR VIEW MIRRORS MIRROR WITH COMPASS (If installed) HJM2070 B510C01JM Your Hyundai is equipped with a day/night inside To fold the outside rearview mirrors. matically controls the glare of headlights of the car behind you when turned on by pushing the "MIRROR" button. the glare of The automatic dimming rear view mirror auto- rearward for parking in narrow areas. It is turned off by pushing the button once more. headlights of cars behind you is reduced. ! WARNING: Do not adjust or fold the outside rearview mirrors while the vehicle is moving. push them rearview mirror.

have the compass checked at an be displayed. then the vehicle's directional heading will ment. After you cleaner. Drive the vehicle in a circle in a safe. If the compass deviates from the correct Push the "COMP" switch on the lower part of the number on the zone map. indication soon after repeated adjust- mirror. attached to the vehicle by means of a 4. 2.) ex) NE : North East B520C06JM . open number appears in the display. the compass head- 1. 1. The compass may not indicate the cor- rect compass point in tunnels or while Heading display driving up or down a steep hill.Calibration procedure 2. appear in the display.E : East (The compass returns to the correct . antenna. 3. .W : West compass point when the vehicle moves . Find your current location and variance zone 2. etc. Press the "COMP" button for more than 3 seconds. The current zone number will ! CAUTION: If the display is "C". use a paper towel 3. Do not install a ski rack. show a compass direction within a few sec- cleaner to enter the mirror housing. When cleaning the mirror.Setting the compass zone magnet. displays the compass heading of the vehicle. . Driving in a circle in a right-handed direction onds. Press the "COMP" button until the new zone or similar material dampened with glass . Do not spray glass cleaner directly area at less than 5miles/h 3 times or until the stop pressing the button. calibrate the compass.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 68 3."COMP" switch 1.To operate the compass feature - ing will appear. will turn off the display. They affect the operation of the compass. Keep driving in a circle until a compass ! CAUTION: The compass is a convenient feature which heading appears.S : South to an area where the geomagnetism is .N : North stabilized. and if the calibration is completed. and opposite direction are possible. Pushing the "COMP" switch again authorized dealer. the display will on the mirror as that may cause the liquid compass heading appears.

Then. be it until it locks. lower the door. lower the brake lever. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 PARKING BRAKE TAIL GATE 69 B530A01A-AAT B540A01JM-AAT B540B01JM-AAT Tail gate Window HJM3026 (2) HJM2012 (1) Always engage the parking brake before leav. The tail gate window lock is operated in the button in. then press down on the tailgate window glass. o Pull and raise the "DOOR" release lever to HJM2013 ing the vehicle. lower the tail the indicator light is off. To be sure the door is securely window open lever (2). is unlocked with a key or the central door tional warnings concerning exhaust gases locking switch. pull the lever up as far as possible. on page 2-2. gate window. To be sure the tail gate window is securely o To engage the parking brake. ! WARNING: fastened. o To release the parking brake. To open gases may enter the car resulting in serious the tail gate window make sure the tailgate illness or death to the occupants. NOTE: press the thumb button. This also turns on the parking open the tail gate. pull up and The tail gate should always be kept com. . See addi. sure that the parking brake is fully released and fastened. and raise the or "START" position. try to pull it up again. try to pull it up again. poisonous exhaust connection with the tail gate lock. o Pull the "GLASS" release lever (1) to open brake indicator light when the key is in the "ON" o To close. If it is left open or ajar. o To close the tail gate window. and it will close by itself. Before driving away. while holding pletely closed while the vehicle is in motion.

the light stays off at all times. the light stays on at all times. ! CAUTION: o Do not hang a bag beyond 6 Ibs (3 kg).1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 70 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT B540A01JM-AAT Shopping bag holders are located in the front B540C01JM-GAT SHOPPING BAG HOLDERS console and on the backside of the rear seat. o In the "OFF" position. o In the "ON" position. o Return it to the original position after using the shopping bag holder. The three positions are: o In the "DOOR" position. HJM2151 . LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT When not in use. return it to the original position. the luggage com- partment light comes on when the tail gate is opened. HJM2150 HHR2070 Luggage compartment light has a 3-position switch. then goes out when it is closed. It may cause damage to the shopping bag holder.

hang the cargo area cover hook to the weather strip. 2. HJM2165 3. 4. It is designed for luggage Place the cargo area cover hook in the stowed only. For better fuel economy. Do not place objects on the cargo security screen. Loose materials could result in injury to vehicle occupants during sudden braking. B640A01JM position while not in use. Before using the luggage under tray. do not carry unnec- essary weight. Try to maintain the balance of the vehicle and Nothing should be carried on top of the luggage locate the weight as far forward as possible. Such objects may be thrown about inside the vehicle and possibly injure vehicle occupants during an accident or when brak- ing. Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 HOW TO USE LUGGAGE ROOM 71 B650A02JM-GAT Cargo Area Cover (If installed) ! B650A01S-AAT Stowage Precautions 1. . cover.

After using it lock the luggage under tray cover There is a multipurpose tray under the luggage LOCK". HJM2166 the luggage mat.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 72 B545B02JM-GAT Luggage Under Tray HJM2167 HJM2168 Before using the luggage under tray. remove Raise the luggage under tray cover with the grip. mat. . by turning the lever toward "LOCK". Turn the lever toward "UN.

There are small article trays in the luggage side Covering shelf screen veils the luggage room to trim. hang the screen hook to a headrest pole. . FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 73 B655A01JM-GAT Luggage Side Trim Covering shelf screen (If Installed) B655A02JM HJM2163 While not in use. place the screen hook to the B655A01JM hook holder.

care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage com- partment. DO NOT overstretch. ! CAUTION: o In case a sunroof is installed. from sliding. o The following specifications are recom- mended when loading cargo or luggage. you can load Some objects can be kept in the net in the things on top of your vehicle. DO NOT use when the luggage net straps have visible signs of wear or damage. HJM2162 B540D01JM If your Hyundai has a roof rack. . do not position roof rack loads that could inter- fere with opening of the sunroof. AL- WAYS keep face and body out of its path.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 74 ROOF RACK B540D03HP-GAT B630A01JM-AAT Luggage Net (If Installed) (If installed) ! CAUTION: To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle. ! WARNING: Avoid eye injury. fixing components to adapt the roof rack on your Use the luggage net on the floor or at the back vehicle may be obtained from an authorized of the luggage compartment to prevent objects Hyundai dealer. Crossrails and luggage compartment.

the high mounted rear vehicle by pulling up on the fuel-filler lid opener o Always drive your vehicle at a moderate stoplight in the center of the rear window also located on the front floor area on the left side of speed. . not pry on the lid. o To use the roof rails as a roof rack. on either side of the car. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 HIGH-MOUNTED REAR STOP LIGHT REMOTE FUEL-FILLER LID RELEASE 75 B550A01A-AAT B560A02JM-AAT ! CAUTION: ROOF RACK 165 lbs (75 kg) Evenly Distributed o Loading cargo or luggage above 165 lbs (75 kg) on the roof rack may damage your vehicle. you must fit the roof rails with two or more NOTE: crossrails or equivalent before carrying If the fuel-filler lid will not open because ice cargo or luggage on the roof. o To prevent damage or loss of cargo as B550A01JM you are driving. has formed around it. cross rails vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to must be used. the lid with an approved de-icer fluid (do o Do not allow cargo loads to rest directly not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the on the roof of your article. spray around duce the stability of your vehicle. If necessary. check frequently to make HJM2018 sure the luggage carrier and cargo are In addition to the lower-mounted rear stoplights The fuel-filler lid may be opened from inside the still securely fastened. lights when the brakes are applied. the vehicle. tap lightly or push on o Loading cargo or luggage exceeding the the lid to break the ice and release the lid. When you carry large objects. never let them hang over the rear or the sides of your vehicle. melt. Do specification on the roof rack may re.

After refueling. check to make o The fuel cap must be tightened until cap sive materials. never allow sparks or open flames near to discharge static electricity. Before filler cap. Do not operate anything that placement part. If you need to replace the o Do not get back in the vehicle while filler cap. have one's hands in contact around a gas station. charge from the container can ignite fuel Whenever you open the fuel filler cap. can produce static electricity. use a genuine Hyundai re. and securely seated after fueling. nate. . vapors causing a fire. o Before touching the fuel nozzle or fuel o Do not smoke or try to light cigarettes o Gasoline vapors are dangerous. While starting re- turn it slowly. Automotive fuels refueling. o When refueling always shut the engine o Do not "TOP-OFF" after the first nozzle off. fueling contact should be maintained o Make sure the fuel filler cap is replaced until the filling is complete. and then start the engine. clicks. Static elec- tricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors resulting in explosion. otherwise " " light will illumi. The electric current or electronic will result in fuel vapors escaping into interference from cellular phones can B560A01JM the atmosphere and the check engine ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. When refueling. Sparks by electrical equipment of ! WARNING: shut off when refueling. o Automotive fuels are flammable/explo- the engine can ignite fuel vapors caus- ing a fire. "MIL" indicator illuminating. please sure the fuel filler cap is securely closed. Static electricity dis- mal and not a cause for concern. Failure o Do not use cellular phones around a gas to replace or fully seat the fuel filler cap station. always stop the engine and with metal parts away from the filler neck are flammable. a slight "pres. refueling. sure to place the container on the ground sure sound" may be heard. note the following guidelines carefully. This is nor.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 76 ! WARNING: ! WARNING: o If you open the fuel filler cap during high o When using a portable fuel container be ambient temperatures. while refueling. the filler area.

HJM2020 1. ! CAUTION: Make sure that the support rod has been released prior to closing the hood. If it is not latched. HJM2022 ! WARNING: o Always double check to be sure that the 3. causing a total loss of visibility. Make sure that it locks into place. as vision is ob- structed and the hood could fall or be HJM2021 damaged. Pull the release knob to unlatch the hood. to its clip to prevent it from rattling. hood is firmly latched before driving away. HJM2023 . the hood could open while the vehicle is being driven. o Do not move the vehicle with the hood in the raised position. Hold the hood open with the support rod. which might result in an accident. return the support rod lift the hood. Push the secondary latch lever to the left and Before closing the hood. (30 cm) above the closed position and let it drop. o The support rod must be inserted com- pletely into the hole provided in the hood whenever you inspect the engine compartment. This will prevent the hood from falling and possibly injuring you. Lower the hood until it is about 1 ft. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 HOOD RELEASE 77 B570A03A-GAT 2.

that it obscures visibility of the roadway. traffic or other objects. make sure it attaches to the floor mat anchor in the driver and front passenger either frontal or Your vehicle is equipped with sun visor extend- your vehicle. ! WARNING: NOTE: o Make sure the floor mat is properly placed on the floor carpet. o Don't put an additional floor mat on the top of the anchored floor mat. otherwise ! WARNING: the additional mat may slide forward and Do not place the sun visor in such a manner interfere with the movement of the ped. it may cause an found on the back of each sun visor. glass position. turn the sun visor down. To reduce glare or to shut out ers that may be used when the visor is in the side sliding forward. . als. direct rays of the sun. accident. A vanity mirror is provided on the back of the sun visor for the driver and front passenger.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 78 FLOOR MAT ANCHOR SUN VISOR B571A03Y-AAT B580A01L-AAT B585BA01JM-AAT SUN VISOR EXTENDER B570A01JM-A B580A01JM Your Hyundai is equipped with sun visors to give HJM2142-1 When using a floor mat on the front floor carpet. This keeps the floor mat from sideward shade. If the floor mat slips The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) and interferes with the movement of the label containing useful information can be pedals during driving.

2. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 STEERING WHEEL TILT LEVER FRONT DOOR EDGE WARNING 79 LIGHT B580C01LZ-AAT B600A01A-AAT B620A01S-AAT TICKET HOLDER HJM2067 B620A01JM HJM2142 To Adjust the Steering Wheel: A red light comes on when the front door is opened. desired position. The purpose of this light is to assist The ticket holder is provided on the front of the 1. ! WARNING: Do not attempt to adjust the steering wheel while driving as this may result in loss of control of the vehicle which may cause serious injury or death. Raise or lower the steering wheel to the vehicles. 3. After adjustment. when you get in or out and also to warn passing sun visor for holding a tollgate ticket. securely tighten the lever by pulling it upward. . Push the lever downward to unlock.

The cruise control system provides automatic speed control for your comfort when driving on freeways.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 80 HORN REAR SEAT ARM REST CRUISE CONTROL B610A01L-GAT B611A01Y-AAT B660A01S-AAT (If installed) B610A01JM HJM2043 Main Switch B660A01JM Press the pad on the steering wheel to sound the This arm rest is located in the center of the rear horn. . seat back. or other noncongested highways. tollroads. This system is designed to function above approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

This turns the system on. o Depress the brake pedal. Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal and the desired speed will automatically be maintained. B660B01JM B660C01JM 1. The "CRUISE" indicator control switch toward the steering wheel to the light in the instrument cluster will be illumi. "SET (COAST)" and release it. Push the cruise control switch downward to o Depress the clutch pedal (Manual transaxle). FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 81 B660B02E-AAT 5. . neously. the following nated. ! WARNING: To avoid accidental cruise control engage- ment. depress the B660C04E-AAT To Set the Cruise Speed accelerator pedal enough for the vehicle to To Cancel the Cruise Speed exceed the preset speed. "CANCEL" position. 4. and "SET"(COAST) indicator light in the o Decrease the vehicle speed to less than 25 instrument cluster will be illuminated simulta. Push in the cruise control main switch on the To disengage the cruise control system. 3. To momently increase speed. actions will disengage the system: 2. Accelerate to the desired cruising speed above 25 mph (40 km/h). When you remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. mph (40 km/h). If the "SET" o Shift the selector lever to "P" or "N" position (COAST)" switch is selected the "CRUISE" (Automatic transaxle). o Release the main switch.Additionally. pull the end of the barrel. keep the cruise control main switch off when not using the cruise control. the vehicle will return to the speed you have set.

overrevved. o Do not use the cruise control when it may not be safe to keep the car at a constant speed. do not shift vehicle speed is above 25 mph (40 km/h). The vehicle will decel. Accelerate to desired speed and release the system operation. Push the control switch downward to "SET conditions whenever using the cruise set prior to cancellation when you push the (COAST)" and hold it. B660D01JM B660B01JM o Pay particular attention to the driving The vehicle will automatically resume the speed 1. If this happens. control system. or the engine will be decrease. To Reset at a Faster Speed o With the cruise control engaged. providing the 2. icy or snow-covered) or winding roads or over 6% up-hill or down-hill roads. vate. When the desired speed is obtained. the vehicle speed will gradually clutch pedal. release manual transaxle vehicle. or on slippery (rainy. depress the B660E01E-AAT clutch pedal or release the main switch. While the control switch is held. . This is an indication of normal 2.1FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 82 B660D01E-AAT B660F02E-AAT To Resume the Preset Speed To Reset at a Slower Speed ! WARNING: o Keep the main switch off when not using the cruise control. o During cruise-control driving with a (ACCEL)" position and release it. the vehicle will gradually gain speed. o Use the cruise control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather. control switch. Push the control switch upward to the "RE. the control switch. driving in heavy or varying traffic. for instance. control switch upward to the "RESUME erate. hear the cruise control system deacti- SUME (ACCEL)" position and hold it. it is normal to 1. when the brake pedal is applied. While the control switch into neutral without depressing the is pushed.

This delay is normal. . FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 83 o During normal cruise control operation. the cruise control will energize after approximately 3 seconds. when the "SET(COAST)" is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes.

B710C02HP-AAT SIDE VENTILATOR The side ventilators are located on each side of the dash board. move the knob in the center of the vent up-and-down and side-to-side. Side Defroster Nozzle 2.1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 84 HEATING AND COOLING CONTROL B710A01JM-GAT B710B02O-AAT CENTER VENTILATOR The center ventilators are located in the middle of the dashboard. The vents are opened when the vent knob is moved to " ". move the knob in the center of the vent up-and-down and side-to-side. The vents are closed when the vent knob is moved to " " position. To change the direction of the air flow. Keep these vents clear of any obstructions. The vents are closed when the vent knob is moved to " ". To change the direction of the air flow. Side Ventilators 3. Center Ventilators B710A02JM . Keep these vents clear of any obstructions. The vents are opened when the vent knob is moved to " " position. 1. Windshield Defroster Nozzles 4.

(Fresh 2. Recirculation mode) push the control 3. Fan speed control The blower fan speed. Air intake control switch trolled manually by setting the blower control 5. To change the air intake control mode. 1. . Air conditioning switch between the "1" and "4" position. RECIRCULATION MODE ( ): The indicator light on the button is illuminated when the air intake control is recirculation mode. Temperature control of air delivered from the system. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 HEATING AND VENTILATION 85 B670A01JM-AAT B670B01A-AAT B670C02E-AAT Fan Speed Control Air Intake Control (Blower Control) HJM2109A HJM2118A There are three controls and two switches for HJM2116A This is used to select fresh outside air or the heating and cooling system. They are: This is used to turn the blower fan on and off and recirculating inside air. 4. Air flow control to select the fan speed. and therefore the volume mode. button. FRESH MODE ( ) : The indicator light on the button goes off when the air intake control is fresh mode. may be con.

Five lators. "Fresh" mode ( ) in floor. dashboard outlets. Air can be directed to the discharged through the side and center venti- compartment becoming excessively dry. floor-defrost The MAX A/C mode is used to cool the inside of and defrost position. Floor-Defrost and Defrost air position. NOTE: o It should be noted that prolonged opera- tion of the heating in "Recirculation" mode ( ) may result in fogging of the windshield and side windows and the air HJM2111 within the passenger compartment will become stale. air from within the passenger compartment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected. . the air intake control will change to Floor. With the "Recirculation" mode selected. o When the ignition switch is turned "ON" symbols are used to represent Face. the vehicle faster. Bi-Level. prolonged use of the air conditioning with the "Re- HJM2110A Face-Level circulation" mode ( ) selected may This is used to turn the blower fan on/off and to Selecting the "Face" mode will cause air to be result in the air within the passenger direct the flow of air. air enters the B670D01JM-GAT vehicle from the outside and is heated or cooled Air Flow Control according to the function selected.1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 86 With the "Fresh" mode selected. In addition. The "OFF" mode is used to eration. or windshield. floor. turn the blower fan off. This is normal op.

side defroster nozzle froster nozzle. and side ventilator. nozzle and side ventilator. Air is discharged through the windshield de- Air is discharged through the face vents and the shield defroster nozzle. side defroster floor vents. If the "Floor-Defrost" mode is selected. . the floor vents. the A/C will be turned on automatically and "Fresh" mode will be activated. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 87 HJM2114 HJM2113 HJM2112 Bi-Level Floor-Level Floor-Defrost Level Air is discharged through the floor vents. wind.

Air is discharged through the face level vents.1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 88 NOTE: o The air intake control switch will change to " " mode when the ignition switch is turned "ON" with the MAX A/C mode selected. ON or OFF * turned turn on automatically and "Fresh" mode ON will be activated to improve windshield defrost- ing. . o When you change to another mode from MAX A/C. froster nozzle. Air Intake A/C Control Switch HJM2115 B670C02JM MAX ON Defrost-Level A/C MAX A/C-Level or ON or OFF * Air is discharged through the windshield de. side defroster nozzle and side If the "MAX A/C" mode is selected. the A/C and the air intake control switch are set to the following chart. the A/C will be will be activated. turn on automatically and "Recirculation" mode If the "Defrost" mode is selected. ON * The A/C or the air intake control switch returns to its former setting. the A/C will OFF OFF ventilator.

automatically and "Fresh" mode will be acti- vated. air flow control to the floor ( ) position. (The A/C will be on cally. set the air intake This control is used to adjust the degree of control to the fresh air ( ) position and the Air is discharged through the windshield de- heating or cooling desired.) For maximum heat. rotate the temperature control to "Warm". side defroster nozzle and side ventilator. the air intake If the windows fog up. NOTE: If the air flow control is off. . For faster heating. set the air flow control to control is set to the fresh mode automati. the defrost ( ) position. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 HEATING CONTROLS 89 B670E02A-AAT B690A01E-AAT Temperature Control B670C03JM Cool Warm B690A01JM-A OFF Off-Level HJM2117 For normal heating operation. the air intake control should be set in the recirculate ( ) position. froster nozzle.

o Set the air intake control to the fresh air ( ). snow. position.1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 90 BI-LEVEL HEATING VENTILATION B700A02E-AAT B710A01S-AAT B730A01L-AAT Operation Tips o To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the car through the ventilation sys- tem. To use this feature: the air intake control to the fresh air ( ) o Set the air intake control to "Fresh" mode position. fan speed to the desired position. o To direct all intake air to the dashboard adjust temperature control to desired tem- o Set the air flow control at the bi-level ( ) vents. Care should be taken that these are B700A01JM-A B710A01JM-A not blocked by leaves. set controls. o Air for the heating/cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the wind- shield. set the airflow control to "Face" ( ). ice or other obstructions. and "Warm". turn on the air conditioning system. temporarily set the air intake control to ( ). . Your Hyundai is equipped with bi-level heating To operate the ventilation system: o To prevent interior fog on the windshield. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable. perature. and ( ) position. speed. Be sure to return the control to ( ) when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle. o Set the temperature control between "Cool" o Set the temperature control between "Cool" and "Warm". o Adjust the fan speed control to the desired o Adjust the fan speed control to the desired speed.

) o Set the temperature control to the desired position. . o Set the temperature control to the warm. (The A/C will be turned on automatically and "Fresh" (The A/C will be turned on automatically and "Fresh" mode will be activated. o Set the fan speed control to position "3" or "4". o Set the fan speed control between "1" and "4" position. o Set the air flow control to the defrost ( ) position.) mode will be activated. o Activate windshield wiper blade de-icer (If installed) NOTE: When the A/C is operated continuously on the floor-defrost level ( ) or defrost level ( ). FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 91 B720A01JM-AAT DEFROSTING/DEFOGGING A Type B Type A Type B Type B720B02JM B720B01JM Use the heating/ventilation system to defrost or defog the windshield: To remove interior fog on the windshield: To remove frost or exterior fog on the windshield: o Set the air flow control to the defrost ( ) position. At this time set the air flow control to the face level position ( ) and fan speed control to the low position. it may cause fog to form on the exterior windshield because of the temperature difference.

o Turn on the air conditioning switch by push. the higher speeds.1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 92 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM B740A01S-AAT B740B01S-AAT o Adjust the fan control to the desired speed. o Set the temperature control to "Cool". to shut off o Adjust the fan control to the desired speed. o Turn on the air conditioning switch. turn the fan control to Air Conditioning Switch one of the higher speeds or temporarily Cooling (If installed) select the "Recirculation ( )" position on the air intake control. Air Conditioning Operation for For greater cooling. B740C01S-AAT Dehumidified Heating For dehumidified heating: o Turn on the fan control switch. ("Cool" provides maximum cooling. ditioning control panel. outside air entry. The air conditioning is turned on or off by o Set the air flow control to the "Face" ( ). set the fan at one of o Turn on the fan control switch. The tempera- ture may be moderated by moving the con- trol toward "Warm". o Set the side vent control to "OFF".) . o Adjust the temperature control to provide the ing the switch. o Set the air intake control to "Fresh" mode ( ). HJM2119 o Set the air intake control to the "Fresh" mode To use the air conditioning to cool the interior: ( ). The air conditioning indicator light should come on at B740B01JM-A the same time. pushing the A/C button on the heating/air con. o For more rapid action. The air conditioning indicator desired amount of warmth. light should come on at the same time.

turn the air conditioning off to avoid the possibility of the engine over- heating. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 93 B740D01A-AAT Operation Tips o If the interior of the car is hot when you first get in. keep all windows closed to keep hot air out. run the air conditioning once every month for a few minutes. o During winter months or in periods when the air conditioning is not used regularly. o When you are using the air conditioning system. which in turn increases the speed of the air conditioning compressor. This will help circulate the lubri- cants and keep your system in peak oper- ating condition. o On steep grades. open the windows for a few minutes to expel the hot air. shift to a lower gear. o When moving slowly. This increases engine speed. . as in heavy traffic.

Air Quality System Switch (If installed) B970B02JM . Air Conditioning Switch 9. AUTO (Automatic Control)Switch 7. Air Flow Control Switch 3.Q. Air lntake Control Switch 10. OFF Switch 8. Display Window 4. B970B01JM-GAT Heating and Cooling Controls B970B01JM 1.1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 94 AUTOMATIC HEATING AND COOLING CONTROL SYSTEM B970A01Y-AAT TYPE A (Without A. Defroster Switch 5.Q. Blower Fan Control Switch 6.S: Air Quality System) (If installed) Your Hyundai is equipped with an automatic heating and cooling control system controlled by simply setting the desired temperature. Temperature Control Switch TYPE B (With A.S: Air Quality System) 2.

5°C). heating and cooling system. (°C→→°F or °F→ →°C) HJM2126 o Never place anything covering the sen- sor which is located on the instrument HJM2124 2. Push the "TEMP" button to set the desired panel to ensure better control of the temperature. Photo sensor perature to increase by 1°F(0. The FATC (Full Automatic Temperature Con. 1. The temperature will increase to the maxi- trol) system automatically controls heating and mum 90°F(32°C) by pushing the " " button. HJM2086 . Press the "TEMP" down button and "AUTO" button simultaneously for 3 secs. cooling by doing as follows: Each push of the button will cause the tem. automatically. The display shows that the unit of temperature is adjusted to Centigrade or Fahrenheit. The indicator light The temperature will decrease to the mini- will illuminate confirming that the Face. and/or Bi-Level modes as well as the blower Each push of the button will cause the tem- speed and air conditioner will be controlled perature to decrease by 1°F(0.5°C). This is a normal condition and you can change the temperature mode from Cen- tigrade to Farenheit as follows. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 95 B970C01JM-AAT NOTE: Automatic Operation o If the battery has been discharged or disconnected. the temperature mode will reset to Centigrade degrees. Push the "AUTO" button. Floor mum 62°F(17°C) by pushing the " " button.

Press the "AUTO" button in order to convert to automatic control of the system. mode. HJM2123 B670C01JM The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by pressing the appropriate fan speed control This is used to select fresh outside air or button. the system sequentially works according to the order of buttons selected.S) trolled manually as well by pushing buttons other than the "AUTO" button. . In this state. (Fresh the fan.Q. Pressing the "OFF" button turns off To change the air intake control mode. Recirculation mode) push the control button. FRESH MODE ( ) : The indicator light on the button goes on when the air intake control is fresh mode. RECIRCULATION MODE ( ) : The indicator light on the button is illuminated when the air intake control is recirculation mode.1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 96 B980A01Y-AAT B980B01Y-AAT B670C02Y-AAT MANUAL OPERATION Fan Speed Control Switch Air Intake Control Switch The heating and cooling system can be con. the more air recirculation inside air. The higher the fan speed is. (Without A. The function of the buttons which are not se- lected will be controlled automatically. is delivered.

turning the ignition to the ON position if Air enters the vehicle from the outside and is o When the ignition switch is turned "ON" the "AUTO" mode was used before shut- heated or cooled according to the function the air intake control will change to ( ) ting off the engine. is automatically converted to the ( ) mode. prolonged o It should be noted that prolonged opera- use of the air conditioning with the "Re. This is normal operation. The air intake Fresh Mode : may result in the air within the passenger control operates in "AUTO" mode when compartment becoming excessively dry. selected. tion of the heating system in "recircula. from within the passenger compartment will be drawn through the heating system and heated Exhaust Gas Cutoff Mode : or cooled according to the function selected. Air enters the vehicle from the outside. the air within the passenger compart- o When the ignition switch is turned "ON" : OFF ment will become stale. B980C01JM tion of the heating system in recircula- circulation" mode selected may result in This is used to select fresh outside air or tion mode ( ) will give rise to misting the air within the passenger compart- recirculate inside air automatically. the recirculation mode ( ) selected This is normal operation. the exhaust gas cutoff mode ( ) o It should be noted that prolonged opera.S mode ( ) beforehand. and air or cooled according to the function selected.Q. The air intake control is oper- .S) (If installed) Air from within the passenger compartment will be drawn through the heating system and heated With the "Recirculation" mode selected. of the windshield and side windows and ment becoming excessively dry. mode except for the case you turned "OFF" the ignition switch in A. to prevent exhaust gas from entering the ve- tion" mode will give rise to fogging of the hicle. But if exhaust gas enters the vehicle from the NOTE: outside. (With A. In addition. windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger compartment will NOTE: become stale. pro- the air intake control will change to " " : ON longed use of the air conditioning with mode (regardless of switch position). air enters the B980C01JM-GAT Recirculation Mode : vehicle from the outside and is heated or cooled Air Intake Control Switch according to the function selected.Q. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 97 With the "Fresh" mode selected. In addition.

1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 98 ated in "AUTO" mode when turning the B980E01E-GAT ignition to the "ON" position if the Air Flow Control "AUTO" mode was used before shutting off the engine. or light will come on.S control to "OFF". causing air to be discharged Press the "OFF" button to stop the operation of windshield. set the air intake control to the Fresh air position or A. the heating and cooling system. ! CAUTION: If the windows fog up with the Recircula- tion or A. HJM2111 B980D01Y-AAT HJM2128 Face-Level Heating and Cooling System Off This is used to direct the flow of air. Air can be When selecting the "Face" mode.S mode selected. dashboard outlets. the indicator directed to the floor. Four symbols are used to represent through the face level vents. Floor and Floor-Defrost air position. . Bi-Level.Q. Face.Q.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 99 HJM2114 HJM2113 HJM2112 Bi-Level Floor-Level Floor-Defrost Level When selecting the "Bi-Level" mode. side ventilator . defroster nozzle. side defroster nozzle and side the floor vents and side defroster nozzle and ventilator. When selecting the "Floor-Level" mode. . discharged through the windshield defrost vents. When selecting the "Floor-Defrost" mode. windshield vents. the indica. the indicator light will come on and the air will be indicator light will come on and the air will be charged through the face vents and the floor discharged through the floor vents. the tor light will come on and the air will be dis.

To replace the air conditioner filter. . and automatically turns off if the ambient temperature drops below 2°C. To assist in defrosting.000 km) or once a year. the ( ) The air conditioner filter is located in front of the mode will be automatically selected and the air blower unit behind the glove box. the air condi. rough roads. It operates to decrease the amount of pollutants frost nozzle. refer to the tioning will operate if ambient temperature is page 6-18. ventilator. will be discharged through the windshield de.1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 100 AIR CONDITIONER FILTER (IN FRONT OF BLOWER UNIT) B980F01JM-GAT B760A03E-AAT Defrost Switch (If installed) Inside air ! CAUTION: Outside air o Replace the filter every 12.500 miles Filter (20. side defroster nozzle and side entering the car. higher than 2°C. it must be checked by an authorized dealer. Blower fan Inside air Evaporator core B980F01JM Heater core B760A01E When the "Defrost" button is pressed. If the car is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty. o When the air flow rate is decreased. more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and changes are required.

they curve around obstructions so that These can result in certain listening conditions When a strong radio signal has reached your they can provide better signal coverage. mountains. FM broadcasts gen- transmitter towers located around your city. . This is because cies and do not bend to follow the earth's AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from AM radio waves are transmitted at low frequen. This can be due to factors such as the distance from the radio station. which might lead you to believe a problem exists vehicle. or other obstructions. surface. cies. the precise engineering of your audio with your radio. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 STEREO SOUND SYSTEM 101 B750A02A-AAT AM reception FM radio station How Car Audio Works Ionosphere FM reception Mountains Unobstructed Ionosphere area Buildings Iron bridges Obstructed area B750A02L B750A03L AM broadcasts can be received at greater FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequen- B750A01L distances than FM broadcasts. in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear. normal and do not indicate radio trouble: duction. The following conditions are system ensures the best possible quality repro. addition. Also. closeness of other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings. In buildings. bridges or other large obstructions in the area. This signal is then received by the travelling straight out into the atmosphere. radio and sent to your car speakers. low frequency radio waves erally begin to fade at short distances from the They are intercepted by the radio antenna on can follow the curvature of the earth rather than station. These long. Because of this. However. FM signals are easily affected by your car.

If this occurs.Weak FM signals or large another station with a stronger signal.1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 102 B750B03Y-AAT Using a cellular phone or a two-way radio When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle. ! WARNING: Don't use a cellular phone when you are B750A04L B750A05L driving. Reducing distortion or fluttering. Stop at a safe place to use a cellular o Fading . or by signals from two stations with close frequencies.As your car moves away from the o Station Swapping . When this occurs. the clearest signal.As an FM signal weak. This is we suggest that you select another stronger because your radio is designed to lock onto station. In such a case. . station. use the cellular phone at a place as far as possible from the audio equipment. another more powerful signal near the sound will begin to fade. phone. This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment. select o Flutter/Static . obstructions between the transmitter and o Multi-Path Cancellation . select another station until the condition has passed.Radio signals being your radio can disturb the signal causing received from several directions can cause static or fluttering noises to occur. noise may be produced from the audio equip- ment. radio station. This can be caused by the treble level may lessen this effect until the a direct and reflected signal from the same disturbance clears. the signal will weaken and ens. If this occurs. same frequency may begin to play.

SCAN Button 3. POWER ON-OFF/ VOLUME /MODE Control Knob K260A01JM . BAND Selector 6. TUNE/SEEK Select Button 1. MODE Select Batton 5. PRESET Button 2. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 103 K260A01JM-GAT STEREO RADIO OPERATION (K260) (If installed) 4.

releasing will button you have depressed. recalled by selecting AM. POWER ON-OFF Control Knob Selection) o Select the desired station to be stored by The radio unit may be operated when the ignition Press the TUNE select button for 1 sec or more. Release After selecting the each mode.1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 104 K260B01JM-GAT SEEK Operation (Automatic Channel o Press band selector to set the band for AM. scan or manual tuning. FM1 or FM2. The frequency VOLUME Control automatically tune to the next lower frequency. Press the Releasing it will automatically tune to the next o Determine the preset station select button knob to switch the power on. any preset station may be After pressing the MODE select button. key is in the "ACC" or "ON" position. one of the six station select buttons. Rotate the knob clockwise to increase the You should then release the button. The LCD shows available station with a beep sound. rotate the vol- gram the stations. HOW TO PRESET STATIONS Six AM and twelve FM stations may be pro. rotate circuit on this unit. next higher frequency and when the ( ) side is show in the display indicating which select pressed longer than 1 second. FADER. you may decrease the frequency. Press either button The mode selected is shown on the display.MODE Select Button 2. 1. Then. by Pressing the MODE button changes the BASS. the desired tone quality. the radio frequency in the radio mode or the CD When the ( ) side is pressed longer than 1 o Press the station select button for more than track indicator in the CD mode. TUNE (Manual) Select Button grammed into the memory of the radio. display will flash after it has been stored into the memory. ume control knob clockwise or counterclock- wise. A select button indicator will power off. follow these steps: button once the desired station is reached. and 3. releasing will automatically tune to the two seconds. FM1 or FM2 band the knob clockwise or counter. 4. BALANCE mode. PRESET STATION SELECT volume and turn the knob counterclockwise to proceed to program the next desired station. To switch the second. button. To pro- and hold down to continuously scroll. reduce the volume. press the knob again. recall any of these stations instantly. Button A total of 18 stations can be programmed by selecting one AM and two FM stations per Six (6) stations for AM. FM1 or FM2 respec. simply pressing the band select button and/or Press the ( ) side or ( ) side to increase or to TREBLE. you wish to use to access that station.clockwise for and the appropriate station button. MODE Control tively can be preset in the electronic memory o When completed. . seek.

FAD (Fader Control) Turn the control knob clockwise to emphasize rear speaker sound (front speaker sound will be attenuated). rotate the knob clock. audio system. When the control knob is turned counterclockwise. while to decrease the bass. . front speaker sound will be emphasized (rear speaker sound will be attenu- ated). or the playback mechanism could be dam- Turn to the left or right for the desired treble tone. BALANCE Control Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasize right speaker sound. The playback mechanism may be damaged if you spill them. left speaker sound will be emphasized (Right speaker sound will be at- tenuated). (Left speaker sound will be attenuated) When the control knob is turned counter clockwise. ! CAUTION: wise. rotate the o Do not place beverages close to the knob counterclockwise. TREBLE Control o Do not impact on the audio system. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 105 BASS Control To increase the bass. aged.

SCAN Button 4. Playing CD 5. FF/REW Button 2. TRACK UP/DOWN K260B01JM .1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 106 K260C01JM-GAT COMPACT DISC PLAYER OPERATION (K260) (If installed) 6. REPEAT Button 3. EJECT Button 1.

all data will have to be switch is in either the "ON" or "ACC" position. o Do not add any oil to the rotating parts. screwdrivers and other 2. the compact disc track. reinstall the audio fuse. ing the speakers) to water or excessive the button. REPEAT Button o To assure proper operation of the unit. EJECT Button negative ground. o Press the SCAN button to playback the first Keep magnets.Remove the audio fuse for 5 minutes. it will automatically be replayed. played can be selected using the track when you have reached the desired track. any parts.Diconnect the negative terminal of the battery and wait 5 minutes. Press o This unit is made of precision parts. o This equipment is designed to be used number. SCAN Button set again if this should occur. . the CD player will begin This process will be continued until you push o The preset station frequencies are all playing even if the radio is being used. Then. be sure to NOTE: keep the volume of the unit set low 3. the play button. playing. Therefore. metallic objects away from the tape o The desired track on the disc currently being o Press the SCAN button again within 10 sec. radio operation. of the next track. within a normal range by using the o Insert the CD with the label facing upward. ing to. Then re- connect the negative battery terminal. vehicle's air conditioning or heating o Insert the CD to start CD playback. system. a fuse having the correct capacity. To cancel . TRACK UP/DOWN 10 seconds of each track. When you release function. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 107 B260D02O-AAT 4. . use one coming from the outside. a CD loaded. only in a 12 volt DC battery system with o Press once to skip forward to the beginning 6. the button again. press the RPT button. the compact disc player will resume . 5. 1. Playing CD keep the vehicle interior temperature o To repeat the track you are currently listen. moisture. o If you do not release RPT operation when the o When replacing the fuse. during press again. the CD will eject. Do once to skip back to the beginning of the When the EJECT button is pressed with not attempt to disassemble or adjust track. replace it with o When a disc is in the CD deck. if you press track ends. FF/REW ( / ) o If the CD does not operate properly or if enough to allow you to hear sounds If you want to fast forward or reverse through the ER2 fault code is displayed. erased when the car battery is discon- o The CD player can be used when the ignition nected. o When driving your vehicle. mechanism and head. push and hold the FF of two methods to reset the CD deck o Do not expose this equipment (includ- ( ) or REW ( ) button.

When using the compact disc player. o Do not place beverages close to the audio system. o Driving on the off-roads or other vibra- tions may skip your compact disc. . o Avoid using CD-Recordable or CD- Rewritable as the player could not be operated in recording way of the CD maker. These can cause poor disc scratching to occur or trouble in the compact disc player.1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 108 ! CAUTION: o Do not insert warped or poor quality discs into the CD player as damage to the unit may occur. The playback mechanism may be damaged if you spill them. o Do not grip or pull out the disc with your hand while the disc is being pulled into the unit by the self loading mechanism. Do not use the audio system on off- roads as the discs could be scratched and damaged. genuine CDs are recommended. o Do not insert anything like coins into the player slot as damage to the unit may occur. o Do not impact on the audio system. or the playback mechanism could be dam- aged.

PRESET Buttons 2. Best Station Memory Button (BSM) 7.MODE) M280A01JM 1. SCAN Button 3. POWER ON-OFF VOLUME Control Knob . TUNE/SEEK Select Knob (JOY STICK) 6. Adjustment Mode Select Button (A. BAND Selector 8. Equalizer Button (EQ) 4. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 109 HMP280A01TB-GAT STEREO RADIO OPERATION (M280) (If installed) 5.

Best Station Memory (BSM) mode. press the display shows the radio frequency in the scan button again. will increase and the receivable stations will be ignition key is in the "ACC" or "ON" position. TAPE or CDˆMP3 to turn next and stored in memory. by lected is shown on the display. FM1 and FM2 bands. circuit. crease the frequency. PRESET STATION Select Buttons Rotate the knob clockwise to increase the Don't operate the button and joy stick switch Six (6) stations for AM. It can cause death or serious tively can be preset in the electronic memory reduce the volume. POWER ON-OFF Control Push the TUNE select knob (JOY STICK) When the scan button is pressed. To stop scanning. 2. from the first preset key. the frequency will be automatically o Push the FMˆAM. The stations se- tuned to the next higher or lower available on that function without pushing Power lected are stored in the sequence frequency station. SCAN 1. you may recall any of these stations instantly. follow these steps: . VOLUME Control ! WARNING: 6. grammed into the memory of the radio. The mode se. tion for 5 seconds. press the When the BSM button is pressed the six chan- Push the TUNE select knob (JOY STICK) to the button again. nels from the highest field intensity are selected right or left. simply pressing the band select button and/or one of the six station select buttons. Then. injury in case of an accident. Release the knob when tuned in one after another. FM and FM2 respec- volume and turn the knob counterclockwise to while driving. TUNE (Manual) Select Knob 4. receiving each sta- Press the button to switch the power on. ONˆOFF control knob. the frequency o The radio unit may be operated when the upwards or downwards to increase or de. BAND Selector HOW TO PRESET STATIONS Pressing the band selector FMˆAM changes Six AM and twelve FM stations may be pro- the AM. To pro- gram the stations. To switch the power off.1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 110 HMP280B01TB-GAT 3. The the station is selected. radio mode. the tape direction indicator in the SEEK Operation tape mode or CDˆMP3 track in either the CDˆMP3 mode or CD AUTO CHANGER (Automatic Channel Selection) 5.

Each press of the button counter clockwise. Pressing the A. lease the button. front speaker sound will be o Press the station select button for more than After selecting the each mode. o Do not place beverages close to the o When completed. FM or FM2 band knob counterclockwise. attenuated). left speaker sound will be changes the display as follows. emphasized (Right speaker sound will be at- tenuated). may be damaged if you spill them. or BALANCE Control the playback mechanism could be dam- 7. speaker sound. rotate the knob clock. EQUALIZER (EQ) aged. depressig the button. wise. o Do not impact on the audio system. rotate the audio system. scan or manual tuning. (Left speaker sound will be JAZZ. while to decrease the bass. The mode selected is shown on the display. You should then re. emphasized (rear speaker sound will be attenu- two seconds. counterclockwise. . A total of 18 stations can be programmed by selecting one AM and BASS Control ! CAUTION: two FM station per button. BALANCE. CLASSIC → JAZZ → ROCK → DEFEAT TREBLE Control Turn to the left or right for the desired treble tone. To increase the bass. and the appropriate station button. any preset station may be wise.MODE button changes the rear speaker sound (front speaker sound will be o Determine the preset station select button BASS. Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasize right Press the EQ button to select the CLASSIC. ROCK and DEFEAT MODE for the attenuated) When the control knob is turned desired tone quality. Adjustment Mode select Button FAD (Fader Control) FM and FM2. Beep sound will be heard while ume control knob clockwise or counterclock. The playback mechanism recalled by selecting AM. When the control knob is turned you wish to use to access that station. and proceed to program the next desired station. o Select the desired station to be stored by (A.MODE). Turn the control knob clockwise to emphasize seek. 8. TREBLE and FADER mode. ated). FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 111 o Press band selector to set the band for AM. rotate the vol.

TAPE EJECT Button 1. TAPE PROGRAM Button M280C01JM 2. FF/REW Button ( / ) 4. REPEAT Button 3. DOLBY Button 7.1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 112 HMP280C01TB-GAT CASSETTE TAPE PLAYER OPERATION (M280) (If installed) 5. AUTO MUSIC Select Button ( / ) . Equalizer (EQ) 6.

To cancel. cancel the DOLBY feature. o To repeat the track you are currently listen. replace it with of the next music segment. TAPE PROGRAM Button 6. o When replacing the fuse. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 113 H290D01O-GAT 3. NOTE: song in a prerecorded music tape. without pushing power ONˆOFF control knob. . Equalizer (EQ) vehicle's air conditioning or heating system. ROCK and DEFEAT MODE for the a fuse having the correct capacity. o Tape rewinding starts when the REW ( ) button is pressed during PLAY or FF mode. it will automatically be replayed. o Pressing the button will start replay at desired tone quality. 5. changes the display as follows. TAPE EJECT o Tape PLAY starts when the REW ( ) button 4. press the RPT button. keep the vehicle interior temperature sec. o When the button is pressed during FF/ 2. o Fast forward tape winding starts when the tape by merely depressing the program you can reduce this considerably by merely FF ( ) button is pressed during PLAY or button. show tape direction. DOLBY 1. ing to. the cassette will eject. AUTO MUSIC Select press again. REPEAT o When the button is pressed with a cassette pressed again during REW mode. is pressed again during FF mode. gap) can be accepted by the AUTO MUSIC within a normal range by using the Select button. CLASSIC → JAZZ → ROCK → DEFEAT o Do not add any oil to the rotating parts. o If you do not release RPT operation when the Press the button to find the starting point of each track ends. Each press of the button o The preset station frequencies are all the beginning of the music just listened to. JAZZ. all data will have to be set again if this should occur. press the button o Tape PLAY starts when the FF ( ) button o Push the TAPE button to turn on that function again. o Pressing the button will play the beginning Press the EQ button to select the CLASSIC. REW mode. 7. If you want to REW mode. FF/REW o This allows you to play the reverse side of the If you get background noise during tape PLAY. Therefore. Keep magnets. space between songs (must have at least 4 the button again. screwdrivers and other metallic objects away from the tape mechanism and head. loaded. An arrow will appear in the display to pressing the DOLBY button. The quiet This process will be continued until you push o To assure proper operation of the unit. the cassette will eject. erased when the car battery is discon- nected.

o Do not expose this equipment (includ- ing the speakers and tape) to water or excessive moisture. o This unit is made of precision parts. o Do not place beverages close to the audio system. . Do not attempt to disassemble or adjust any parts. o Do not impact on the audio system. be sure to keep the volume of the unit set low enough to allow you to hear sounds coming from the outside. o When driving your vehicle. or the playback mechanism could be dam- aged.1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 114 o This equipment is designed to be used only in a 12 volt DC battery system with negative ground. ! CAUTION: o Do not insert anything like coins into the player slot as damage to the unit may occur. The playback mechanism may be damaged if you spill them.

REPEAT Button 3. Track UP/DOWN Button ( / ) 5. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 115 HMP280E01TB-GAT COMPACT DISC PLAYER OPERATION (COMPATIBLE WITH MP3/WMA/AAC) (M280) (If installed) 7.JOY STICK 2. RANDOM Button M280E01JM . BOOKMARK Button 10. AUDIO/MP3 CD Select Button 4. CD EJECT Button 11. EQUALIZER Button 8.CD INDICATOR 6. SCAN Button 9. FF/REW Button ( / ) 1.

function without pushing Power ON-OFF o Press button once to skip forward to JAZZ. . 6. it will automatically be replayed. RANDOM (RDM) 1. Press the EQ button to select the CLASSIC. AUDIO/MP3 CD Select Button If you want to fast forward or reverse through o Press the RDM button to listen the tracks in o Insert the CD with the label facing upward. if you press player will resume playing. To cancel. (MP3 CD the CD will eject. When you release the button. Each press of the button button once to skip back to the beginning of changes the display as follows.1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 116 H290F02O-GAT 2. onds. rather than sequential. o Depending on the recording status. during ( ) or REW ( ) button. not finalized. radio operation or cassette tape playing. order. as it may cause a malfunction. it again to cancel random play. ROCK and DEFEAT MODE for the control knob. This process will be continued until you push the button again. track ends. ization process. (MP3 CD only) used. press it again. press the RPT button. the compact disc o To listen the music within the selected folder o When a disc is in the CD deck.. o The unit cannot play a CD-R(Recordable o To repeat the track you are currently listen- CD) and CD-RW(Rewritable CD) that is ing to. in random order. FF/REW ( / ) 5. Please refer to the manual press it again. the beginning of the next track. software for more information on final. push and hold the FF random. CD EJECT of CD-R/CD-RW recoder or CD-R/CD-RW o To repeat the music within selected folder. only) some CD-Rs/CD-RWs may not be played o If you do not release RPT operation when the on this unit. Press o Insert the CD to start CD playback. press the RDM button for the CD button the CD player will begin playing more than 2 seconds. NOTE: the track. TRACK UP/DOWN o The CD player can be used when the ignition o The desired track on the disc currently being switch is in either the "ON" or "ACC" position. When the button is pressed with a CD loaded. o Do not stick paper or tape etc. 7. EQUALIZER (EQ) played can be selected using the track o Push the CD˜MP3 button to turn on that number. Press desired tone quality. REPEAT (RPT) discs. auto the CLASSIC → JAZZ → ROCK → DEFEAT label side or the recording side of any 4. To cancel press it even if the radio or cassette player is being again. press the RPT button for more than 2 sec. To cancel. the compact disc track. 3.

replace it with bookmarked tracks for more than 2 sec. . excessive moisture. When the CD player unit is operating. o This unit is made of precision parts. the previous track will playback keep the volume of the unit set low o Press the SCAN button again within 10 sec. the de. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 117 8. press the vehicle's air conditioning or heating MARK button within a second. onds. STICK to the left or right. within a normal range by using the To play the bookmarked tracks. again. system. o The bookmarks are all erased when the This will erase the bookmark and "√" symbol car battery is disconnected or power off. all data will have to be set again if this should occur. This will display the "√ " symbol on the LCD keep the vehicle interior temperature with beep sound. the JOYSTICK to up and down. BOOKMARK (MARK) After moving the desired folder. Do o To playback the first 10 seconds of each After selecting the desired track. press the not attempt to disassemble or adjust track in the selected folder. again. the previous track will playback using the MARK button. o To assure proper operation of the unit. press the ing the speakers and tape) to water or JOYSTICK to playback the selected track. o Press the MARK button to erase the o When replacing the fuse. SCAN 10. o Do not expose this equipment (includ- 9. press the SCAN JOY STICK to playback the track. If you do not press the JOYSTICK within 5 sired track on the disc can be bookmarked by seconds. be sure to only) seconds. on the LCD with beep sound. (MP3 CD only) o Press the MARK button to bookmark the NOTE: desired track for more than 2 seconds. 10 seconds of each track. o You can move through the folder by pushing coming from the outside. enough to allow you to hear sounds When you have reached the desired track. JOY STICK (ENT) o This equipment is designed to be used only in a 12 volt DC battery system with o Press the SCAN button to playback the first o You can skip the track by pushing the JOY negative ground. (MP3 CD If you do not press the JOY STICK within 5 o When driving your vehicle. button for 2 seconds or longer. any parts. a fuse having the correct capacity. Therefore.

o Do not place beverages close to the audio system. o Driving off-road or other vibrations may skip your compact disc. o Avoid using CD-Recordable or CD- Rewritable to ensure proper operation. These can cause poor disc scratching to occur or trouble in the compact disc player. o Do not insert anything like coins into the player slot as damage to the unit may occur. genuine CDs are recommended. or the playback mechanism could be dam- aged. The playback mechanism may be damaged if you spill them.1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 118 ! CAUTION: o Do not insert warped or poor quality discs into the CD player as damage to the unit may occur. o Do not grip or pull out the disc with your hand while the disc is being pulled into the unit by the self loading mechanism. . o Do not impact on the audio system. Do not use the audio system off-road as the discs could be scratched and dam- aged. When using the compact disc player.

SCAN Button 1. Equalizer (EQ) 7. Disc select Knob (JOY STICK) (ENT) 2. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 119 HMP280G01JM-GAT CD CHANGER OPERATION (M280) (If Installed) 8. REPEAT Button 3. FF/REW Button ( / ) 5. Track UP/DOWN Button ( / ) 6. RANDOM Button M280G01JM .4.

Do 3. SCAN o Press the SCAN button to playback the first 10 seconds of each track. After select. o If you do not release RPT operation when the o This equipment is designed to be used player will resume playing. the compact disc a fuse having the correct capacity. only in a 12 volt DC battery system with This process will be continued until you push negative ground. coming from the outside. for the desired track. replace it with ( ) or REW ( ) button. RANDOM (RDM) any parts. the compact disc track. again. ing the desired CD. TRACK UP/DOWN not attempt to disassemble or adjust o The desired track on the disc currently being 6. press the JOY desired tone quality. ROCK and DEFEAT MODE for the To select the CD you want push the DISC select After selecting the desired track. STICK to playback the track. STICK to the left or right. the button again. CLASSIC → JAZZ → ROCK → DEFEAT 2. order. random. rather than sequential. Each press of the button knob (JOY STICK) to up and down.1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 120 B290H02JM-GAT 4. played can be selected using the track o When driving your vehicle. push the change the disc If you do not press the JOY STICK within 5 number. DISC Select Knob (JOY STICK) You can skip the track by pushing the JOY Press the EQ button to select the CLASSIC. When you release the button. it will automatically be replayed. beginning of the next track. seconds. be sure to Press the RDM button to listen the tracks in keep the volume of the unit set low number. JAZZ. . the previous track will playback again. changes the display as follows. track ends. 7. Press it o Press once to skip forward to the enough to allow you to hear sounds again to cancel random play. Press once to skip back to the beginning of the track. o Press the SCAN button again within 10 sec. REPEAT(RPT) If you want to fast forward or reverse through o To repeat the track you are listening to. To cancel. EQUALIZER (EQ) 1. JOYSTICK 8. push and hold in the FF NOTE: press the RPT button. press o When replacing the fuse. o This unit is made of precision parts. FF/REW ( / ) 5.

o Do not insert anything like coins into the changer slot as damage to the unit may occur. The playback mechanism may be damaged if you spill them. genuine CDs are recommended. or the playback mechanism could be dam- aged. o Avoid using CD-Recordable or CD- Rewritable to ensure proper operation. o Driving off-road or other vibrations may skip your compact disc. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 121 ! CAUTION: o Do not insert warped or poor quality discs into the CD changer as damage to the unit may occur. o Do not impact on the audio system. o Do not grip or pull out the disc with your hand while the disc is being pulled into the unit by the self loading mechanism. When using the compact disc changer. o Do not place beverages close to the audio system. . These can cause disc scratching to oc- cur or trouble in the compact disc changer. Do not use the audio system off-road as the discs could be scratched and dam- aged.

1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
122

B890A01TB-GAT

AUDIO FAULT CODE (M280 only)
If you see any error indication in the display while using the CD or Tape mode, find the cause in the chart below. If you cannot clear the error indication,
take the car to your Hyundai dealer.

INDICATION CAUSE SOLUTION

CDP DECK MECHANICAL ERROR After resetting the audio, push the eject button.
Er2
(EJECT ERROR, LOADING ERROR) If disc is not ejected, consult your Hyundai dealer.

Make sure the disc is not scratched or damaged.
FOCUS ERROR
Er3 Press the eject button and pull out the disc.
DATA READ ERROR
Then insert a normal CD disc.

Er6 DISC ERROR Check if the disc is inserted correctly in the CD player.

Er7 LOADING ERROR Check if the disc is inserted correctly in the CD player.

TAPE DECK ERROR After resetting the audio, push the eject button.
Er8
TAPE EJECT ERROR If tape is not ejected, consult your Hyundai dealer.

HHH TEMPERATURE IS TOO HIGH Fault code will reset automatically when the temperature returns to normal.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
1
123

J290A01JM-GAT

STEREO RADIO OPERATION (J290) (If installed)
1. POWER ON/OFF/VOLUME Control Knob

2. BAND Select Button
7. TUNE Select Knob /
MODE Select Knob

6. EQ Button
3. SEEK Select Button
5. BEST STATION
MEMORY

J290A01JM
4. PRESET STATION Select Buttons

1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
124

J290B01JM-GAT
4. PRESET STATION Select o When completed, any preset station may be
1. POWER ON-OFF/VOLUME recalled by selecting AM, FM1 or FM2 band
Buttons and the appropriate station button.
Control Knob
Six (6) stations for AM, FM and FM2 respec-
The radio unit may be operated when the ignition tively can be preset in the electronic memory 5. Best Station Memory Button
key is in the "ACC" or "ON" position. Press the circuit.
button to switch the power on. The display (BSM)
shows the radio frequency in the radio mode, When the BSM button is pressed for two sec-
the tape direction indicator in the tape mode, or
HOW TO PRESET STATIONS
onds or longer, the six channels from the high-
CD track in the CD AUTO CHANGER mode. To Six AM and twelve FM stations may be pro- est field intensity are selected next and stored
switch the power off, press the button again. grammed into the memory of the radio. Then, by in memory. The stations selected are stored in
simply pressing the AM / FM select button and/ the sequence frequency from the first preset
VOLUME Control or one of the six station select buttons, you may key.
recall any of these stations instantly. To pro-
Rotate the knob clockwise to increase the gram the stations, follow these steps:
volume and turn the knob counterclockwise to 6. EQ Button
o Press AM/FM selector to set the band for
reduce the volume. AM, FM1 and FM2. Press the EQ button to select the CLASSIC,
o Select the desired station to be stored by JAZZ, ROCK and DEFEAT MODE for the
2. BAND Selector seek, scan or manual tuning. desired tone quality. Each press of the button
o Determine the preset station select button changes the display as follows;
Pressing the button changes the AM, FM1 and you wish to use to access that station.
FM2 bands. The mode selected is shown on the o Press the station select button for more than CLASSIC → JAZZ → ROCK → DEFEAT
display. two seconds. A select button indicator will
show in the display indicating which select
3. SEEK Select Button button you have depressed. The frequency
(Automatic Channel Selection) display will flash after it has been stored into
the memory. You should then release the 7. TUNE (Manual) Select Knob
Press the SEEK select button 1 sec. or more. button, and proceed to program the next
When the ( ) side is pressed, the unit will Rotate the knob clockwise to increase the
desired station. A total of 18 stations can be
automatically tune to the next higher frequency frequency and turn the knob counterclockwise
programmed by selecting one AM and two
and when the ( ) side is pressed, it will to reduce the frequency.
FM station per button.
automatically tune to the next lower frequency.

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
1
125

Mode Select Knob FAD (Fader Control)
Pressing the MODE button changes the BASS, Rotate the control knob clockwise to empha-
MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BALANCE size rear speaker sound (front speaker sound
mode. will be attenuated). When the control knob is
The mode selected is shown on the display. turned counterclockwise, front speaker sound
After selecting the each mode, rotate the mode will be emphasized (rear speaker sound will be
select knob clockwise or counterclockwise. attenuated).

BASS Control BALANCE Control
To increase the BASS, rotate the knob clock-
Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasize right
wise, while to decrease the BASS, rotate the
speaker sound (left speaker sound will be
knob counterclockwise.
attenuated). When the control knob is turned
counterclockwise, left speaker sound will be
MID Control emphasized (right speaker sound will be at-
tenuated).
To increase the MID, rotate the knob clockwise,
while to decrease the MID, rotate the knob
counterclockwise.

TREBLE Control
! CAUTION:
o Do not place beverages close to the
To increase the TREBLE, rotate the knob clock- audio system. The audio system mecha-
wise, while to decrease the TREBLE, rotate the nism may be damaged if you spill them.
knob counterclockwise. o Do not impact on the audio system, or
the audio system mechanism could be
damaged.

1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
126

J290C01JM-GAT

CASSETTE TAPE PLAYER OPERATION (J290) (If installed)
1.TAPE PROGRAM Button

2.EJECT Button

6.FF/REW Button
5.AUTO MUSIC Select Button
4.REPEAT Button J290C01JM

3. DOLBY Button

To cancel. TAPE PROGRAM Button This allows you to play the reverse side of the Press the button to find the starting point of each ! CAUTION: song in a prerecorded music tape. again during REW mode. o PLAY starts when the REW button pressed o To repeat the track you are currently listen. The quiet tape by merely pressing the program button. o When the EJECT button is pressed with a o Do not impact on the audio system. . press again. press the RPT button. REPEAT Button is pressed during PLAY or FF mode. the cassette will eject. press the button FF/REW mode. o Fast forward tape winding starts when the you can reduce this considerably by merely FF button is pressed during PLAY or REW pressing the DOLBY button. cancel the DOLBY feature. occur. Select button. the cassette will eject. EJECT Button o Pressing the will play the begin-ning of may be damaged if you spill them. the next music segment. o Do not insert anything like coins into the space between songs (must have at least a 4 The PLAY and an arrow will appear in the display player slot as damage to the unit may sec. it will automatically be replayed. This process will be continued until you push the button again. o Do not place beverages close to the audio system. If you want to mode. again. gap) can be identified by the AUTO MUSIC to show tape direction. the playback mechanism could be dam- beginning of the music just listened to. DOLBY Button 6. again during FF mode. FF/REW Button If you get background noise during tape PLAY. The playback mechanism 2. AUTO MUSIC Select Button 1. or o Pressing the will start replay at the cassette loaded. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 127 J290D01JM-GAT 5. o If you do not release RPT operation when the track ends. ing to. o Tape rewinding starts when the REW button 4. o To stop FF or REW action. 3. o When the EJECT button is pressed during aged. press the button o PLAY starts when the FF button is pressed again.

FF/REW Button 7. DISC Select Button 9.EJECT Button 10.TRACK UP/DOWN J290E01JM 6.1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 128 J290E01JM-GAT COMPACT DISC PLAYER / CD AUTO CHANGER OPERATION (J290) (If installed) 1.LOAD Button 2.SCAN Button 8.REPEAT Button 5.EQ Button 4.Playing CD 3.RANDOM Play Button .

Press and release the LOAD Button. To load more than one disc but less than six. ing. appear on the display. 1. Press and hold the LOAD button for two seconds or more. LOAD Button a disc partway into the slot. 3. light is blinking. Insert a player will begin to play the last CD loaded. When you have finished loading discs. disc partway into the slot. Green light on both sides of the slot will be 3. NOTE: o To eject all of the discs. o The CD player can be used when the ignition illuminated and the will blink ten times on switch is in either the "ON" or "ACC" position. When you finished loading 6 discs. Load a disc while the is blinking. you can then load another disc. Load a disc while the is blinking. if you press To insert one disc do the following: the 6CDC button the CD player will begin the display with the both side of the slot illuminated. the CD 3. do not use irregular shaped CDs. The 4. Playing CD 1. Once the disc is loaded. the display. NOTE: The disc player takes up to six discs. the DISC number will discs. o This CD player is suitable only for 12 cm 4. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 129 J290F02JM-GAT 2. the CD will eject. To select the CD you want. playing even if the radio or cassette player 1. push "DISC When the disc is inserted. This compact disc playing will accommodate up during radio operation or cassette tape play- to six discs. ously. press LOAD button to o When the EJECT button is pressed with cancel the loading function or wait for 10 a CD loaded. last CD loaded. 2. You will then hear two beeps and the green light on the both sides of the slot will be illuminated. label side up. The player will pull the disc in." is appeared on o When discs are in the CD deck. The CD player will begin to play the o The disc can be only inserted while the 2 seconds or more. Load the remaining disc by following the same procedures 1 and 2. Insert 2. the numbers of the vacant disc will blink on the display continu. . o Press the 6CDC to start CD playback. Do not To insert multiple discs do the followings: try to load more than six. complete Steps 1 and 2. label side up.DISC Select Button As each CD starts to play. If the next "DISC NO. the disc will begin to " or "DISC " to change the disc number. play automatically. EJECT Button player will pull the disc in. press this button for seconds. is being used.

o This equipment is designed to be used press again. the tracks on all of the discs or on one disc o The preset station frequencies are all that are loaded. screwdrivers and other 10. JAZZ. SCAN Button a fuse having the correct capacity. o When replacing the fuse. Each press of the button negative ground. RDM will o Press the SCAN button to playback the first erased when the car battery is discon- appear in the display. in random order. mechanism and head. RANDOM Button 8. when you have reached the desired track. ing the speakers and tape) to water or ning of the next track. if you hold down the FF keep the vehicle interior temperature random. excessive moisture. set again if this should occur. vehicle's air conditioning or heating sys- To use random. tem. Therefore. EQ Button metallic objects away from the tape o To repeat the track you are currently listen. FF/REW Button NOTE: o To assure proper operation of the unit. o Do not add any oil to the rotating parts. the selected track is ad. ROCK and DEFEAT MODE for the only in a 12 volt DC battery system with o If you do not release RPT operation after all desired tone quality. o Press the SCAN button again within 10 sec. do the following: ously moves the selected track back. replace it with o Press and release the RDM button to play 9. the unit will play changes the display as follows. you can listen to the tracks in While the disc is playing. number. Do back again from the first track. o This unit is made of precision parts. o Do not expose this equipment (includ- o Press once to skip forward to the begin. not attempt to disassemble or adjust CLASSIC → JAZZ → ROCK → DEFEAT any parts. all data will have to be off. With random. press the RPT button.1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 130 5. TRACK UP/DOWN o When driving your vehicle. be sure to keep the volume of the unit set low o The desired track on the disc currently being enough to allow you to hear sounds played can be selected using the track coming from the outside. Press RDM to turn if 10 seconds of each track. the tracks are played back. REPEAT Button Keep magnets. Holding down the REW button continu. rather than sequential order. 7. on all of button continuously. ing to. To cancel. vanced. o Press once to skip back to the beginning of the track. 6. Press the EQ button to select the CLASSIC. nected. within a normal range by using the the discs or on one disc. .

o Do not impact on the audio system. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 131 ! CAUTION: o Do not insert warped or poor quality discs into the CD player as damage to the unit may occur. or the playback mechanism could be dam- aged. These can cause disc scratching to oc- cur or trouble in the compact disc player. The playback mechanism may be damaged if you spill them. o Avoid using CD-Recordable or CD- Rewritable to ensure proper operation. o Driving off-road or other vibrations may skip your compact disc. o Do not grip or pull out the disc with your hand while the disc is being pulled into the unit by the self loading mechanism. . When using the compact disc player. o Do not place beverages close to the audio system. o Do not insert anything like coins into the player slot as damage to the unit may occur. genuine CDs are recommended. Do not use the audio system off-roads as the discs could be scratched and damaged.

1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 132 B890A01Y-AAT AUDIO FAULT CODE If you see any error indication in the display while using the system in the CD or Tape mode. HHH TEMPERATURE IS TOO HIGH Fault code will reset automatically when the temperature returns to normal. push the eject button. push the eject button. FOCUS ERROR Er3 Press the eject button and pull out the disc. DATA READ ERROR Then insert a normal CD disc. NO DISC IN MAGAZINE no CD Insert disc in magazine or insert CD magazine in the auto changer. Er2 (EJECT ERROR. find the cause in the chart below. TAPE DECK ERROR After resetting the audio system. LOADING ERROR) If disc is not ejected. consult your Hyundai dealer. Er8 TAPE EJECT ERROR If tape does not eject. Make sure the disc is not scratched or damaged. INDICATION CAUSE SOLUTION CD DECK MECHANICAL ERROR After resetting the audio system. If you cannot clear the error indication. consult your Hyundai dealer. take the car to your Hyundai dealer. Er6 DISC ERROR Make sure the disc is not scratched or damaged. NO CD MAGAZINE IN THE AUTO CHANGER . Check if the disc is inserted correctly in the CD player.

Wipe the surface clean with a clean soft cloth. heat. . cases from direct sunlight. Do dusty conditions. Always protect your tapes and cassette prints on the surface. dampen a clean soft cloth in a solution of mild neutral detergent to wipe it clean. warped or Fingerprints. cassettes not affix tape. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 CARE OF DISCS CARE OF CASSETTE TAPES 133 B850A02F-AAT B860A01A-AAT Storage Proper Handling When not in use. Do not write on the disc. See drawing. If the surface is heavily soiled. paper. and dust. Do not attempt to play damaged. dust. If the surface is scratched. When the vehicle is very hot or cold. or soil on the surface of a disc cracked discs. Do not drop the the tape life and increase your listening enjoy- disc. tive cassette case. or gummed labels on the should always be stored in the original protec- disc. Hold the disc so you will not leave finger. These could severely damage could cause the pickup to skip signal tracks. Do not grip or pull out the disc with your hand while the disc is being pulled into the unit by the self loading mechanism. Keep Your Discs Clean B860A01L B850A01L Proper care of your cassette tapes will extend Handle your disc as shown. allow the interior temperature to become B850A02L more comfortable before listening to your cas- Damaged Disc settes. severely cold and it may cause the pickup to skip signal tracks. place your discs in their individual case and store them in a cool place away from the sun. the playback mechanism. ment. When not in use.

If this the supplier's directions carefully and never occurs. Head B860A01JM o Be sure that the cassette label is not loose or peeling off or tape ejection may be difficult. Follow environment. such as elec- tric motors.1 FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 134 o Never leave a cassette inserted in the player o Store cassettes in a cool. o We strongly recommend against the use of o Avoid repeated fast reverse usage to replay such as a wavering sound. They should be tapes longer than C-60 (60 minutes total). o Never touch or soil the actual audio tape Cotton applicator surfaces. can result in deterioration of sound quality. do not continue to use the tape in your Rotate a pencil in the drive sprockets to wind vehicle. and even. dry place with the o The playback head. able head cleaning tape or special solution and do not perform as well in the automotive tually cause excessive internal drag and available from audio specialty shops. on its reel before inserting in the player. speakers or transformers away from your cassette tapes and tape player unit. This could damage open side facing down to prevent dust from ers will develop a coating of tape residue that the tape player unit and the cassette tape. up any slack. fast winding the tape from end to end several o Always be sure that the tape is tightly wound times. capstan and pinch roll- when not being played. one given tune or tape section. If this does not correct the problem. This can cleaned monthly using a commercially avail- Tapes such as C-120 or C-180 are very thin cause poor tape winding to occur. settling in the cassette body. it can sometimes be corrected by oil any part of the tape player unit. . B860A02L o Keep all magnetized objects. poor audio quality in the cassette.

If the tape is loose. is peeling off. or high humidity. let it reach a moderate temperature before putting it in the player. it is important that it is fully tightened to ensure proper reception. tighten it by turning one of the Your car uses a roof antenna to receive both AM hubs with a pencil or your finger. warm. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI 1 ANTENNA 135 B870D01FC-GAT Roof Antenna ! CAUTION: o Be sure to remove the antenna before washing the car in an automatic car wash or it may be damaged. do not put it in the drive This antenna is a removable type. the antenna. To remove mechanism. turn the antenna counterclock- Do not leave tapes sitting where they are wise. clockwise. . To install the antenna. If a tape is excessively hot or cold. o When reinstalling your antenna. If the label and FM broadcast signals. be sure to adjust the roof antenna low. o Before entering a place with a low height clearance. such as on top of the dashboard or in the player. turn the antenna exposed to hot. B860A03L NOTE: HJM2172 Look at a tape before you insert it.

......................... 2-23 Vehicle Load Limit ............................................. 2-14 Full-Time 4WD Operation ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2-12 Traction Control System (TCS) ..................................... 2-15 4WD Lock System .. 2-2 Before Starting the Engine ..... 2-21 Trailer or Vehicle Towing .................. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI Engine Exhaust Can Be Dangerous! .......... 2-12 Electronic Stability Program (ESP) ............. 2-4 Key Positions .... 2-18 Good Braking Practices .. 2-27 ............................................................................................. 2-6 Automatic Transaxle ........................................................................................................ 2-5 2 Manual Transaxle ........ 2-19 Winter Driving .................................................. 2-4 Starting .......................... 2-18 Driving for Economy ......................................................... 2-8 2 Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) .........................................................................

have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by your Hyundai dealer. including components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle. Open side vents. If. at any time. o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. 3. ice. certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle. Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide. 2. a colorless. If you must drive with the tail gate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary: 1. odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation. The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. open the windows immediately. If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car. Set the air intake control at "Fresh". If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car. contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. Never run the engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out. is a hazardous practice. be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior. ! PROPOSITION 65 WARNING: Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components and parts. be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield are kept clear of snow. leaves or other obstructions. o Do not inhale exhaust fumes. . o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2 ! WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS! C010A02JM-AAT Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. In addition. Close all windows. o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car. the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds. even with the garage door open. Letting the engine idle in your garage. To assure proper operation of the ventilation system.

you should ure to operate this vehicle correctly may not use these tires for highway driving. nally installed on your vehicle. ever. any more than low-slung sports cars are same size. of off-road applications. better view of the road allowing you to which could lead to handling failure or lenging off-road conditions. or unpaved anticipate problem. be sure to equip that were intended for the vehicle's pri. designed for blazing new trails. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2 RISK OF ROLLOVER 3 ! WARNING: ! WARNING: ! WARNING: o The 2WD Tucson is not designed for off. They are not de. chal. Your vehicle is equipped with tires de- road use. It can affect trails is allowed. How. An advan. an unbelted person is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a person wearing a seatbelt. capable of performing in a wide variety capability. fail. cide to equip your vehicle with any tire/ avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. der off-road conditions. o Utility vehicle have higher ground clear. brand and load- o Utility vehicle has a significantly higher designed to perform satisfactorily un. as conventional 2-wheel drive vehicles all four tires with the tire and wheel of the mary design may result in injury or death. The 4WD Tucson is not tage of the higher ground clearance is a the safety and performance of your vehicle. carrying capacity. If at all possible. occasional use in off-highway con. type. result in loss of control or vehicle rollover. rollover and serious injury. hill climbing. . tread. Specific design Do not use a size and type of tire and wheel ditions such as established unpaved characteristics give them a higher center that is different from the one that is origi- roads and non-challenging off-road of gravitiy than ordinary cars. Hyundai for off-road driving. If you nevertheless de- collision rate than other type of vehicles. wheel combination not recommended by As with other vehicles of this type. The 4WD Tucson is designed ance and a narrower track to make them signed to provide for safe ride and handling primarily for use on paved roads. o In a collision. Exceeding the conditions signed for cornering at the same speeds When replacing the tires.

Check your seat. parking brake is engaged. Release it as 4. key removed from the ignition key cylinder "ACC" position to "LOCK" position un. Turn off all lights and accessories that are not needed. insert the ignition key and 3. 6. o If your Hyundai has an automatic transaxle. START be sure they are in their proper positions.Check the operation of warning lights and all less the shift lever is in the "P" (Park) bulbs when key is in the "ON" position. Check that all windows. . until you release the key. indications of possible trouble. seatback and headrest to seconds. It will crank o For additional information about start. (Manual Transaxle) or the shift lever is not in "P" or "N" Position (Automatic ! CAUTION: Transaxle). Fasten your seat belt and be sure that all o For safety. place the shift lever in neutral and LOCK ON no flat tires. Look around the vehicle to be sure there are transaxle. o To start the engine. always confirm that the shift lever is securely positioned in "P" o "START" (Park) (For Automatic Transaxle). see page 2-5. water or other depress the clutch pedal fully. The engine should not be turned off or the check that all appropriate warning lights are o The ignition key cannot be turned from operating and that you have sufficient fuel. To remove the key. Check that the interior and exterior mirrors soon as the engine starts. 2. The engine is started in this position. check to be sure the place the shift lever in "P" (park). puddles of oil. clutch pedal is not depressed fully 8.2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 4 BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE TO START THE ENGINE KEY POSITIONS C020A01A-AAT C030A01E-AAT C040A01A-AAT Before you start the engine. After entering the car. ing. 9. position or the negative battery terminal is disconnected from the battery. key in the "START" position for more that 15 5. Lock all the doors. wheel is locked by removing the key. the engine will not start if the other occupants have fastened theirs. while the car is in motion. and lights are clean. NOTE: C040A01E-1 7. turn it to the "START" position. The steering 10. Do not hold the are clean and in position. When you turn the ignition switch to "ON". you should always: COMBINATION IGNITION SWITCH ACC o If your Hyundai is equipped with a manual 1.

carbon monoxide gas emitted is odorless locks by removing the key. If the engine is not running. ACC o "ON" LOCK ON When the key is in the "ON" position. C070C01E-1 ated. NOTE: To unlock the steering wheel. 2. and then turn the steering wheel and key simultaneously. ventilated area any longer than is needed to position. insert the key. and can cause serious injury or death. the ignition is on and all accessories may be turned on. Turn the ignition key to the "ACC" position. etc. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2 STARTING 5 NOTE: C070C01A-AAT C050A01A-AAT Do not hold the key in the "START" position To remove the ignition key for more than 15 seconds.) may be oper. . This will discharge the battery and may also damage the ignition sys- tem. The key can be removed in the "LOCK" move your car in or out of the area. Simultaneously push and turn the ignition ! WARNING: o "LOCK" key counterclockwise from the "ACC" posi. Never run the engine in a closed or poorly The key can be removed or inserted in this tion to the "LOCK" position. The To protect against theft. 3. the key should not be left in the "ON" position. START o "ACC" C050A01E-1 With the key in the "ACC" position. 1. the steering wheel position. some elec- trical accessories (radio.

. 1. synchronized in all forward gears so shifting to Your manual transaxle equipped vehicle either a higher or a lower gear is easily accom- will not start unless the clutch pedal is fully plished. Insert key. allow the engine The Starting Procedure: to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to placing the vehicle in gear. After the engine has started.2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 6 OPERATING THE MANUAL TRANSAXLE C050B01JM-AAT 4. This shift pattern is im- Be sure that the clutch is fully depressed printed on the shift knob. Turn the ignition key to the "START" position C070A02A-AAT Normal Conditions: and release it when the engine starts. HJM3017 ! WARNING: Your Hyundai's manual transaxle has a con- ventional shift pattern. and fasten the seat belt. After turning the ignition key to the "ON" position. Wait 15-30 sec- gearshift lever (manual transaxle) in neutral onds between starting attempts to protect or the selector lever (automatic transaxle) in the starter from overheating. depressed. Depress the clutch pedal fully and place the than 15 seconds at a time. 3. make certain all warning lights and gauges are functioning properly before start- ing the engine. The transaxle is fully when starting a manual transaxle vehicle. "P" (park) position. The starter should not be operated for more 2.

and then shift into 1st or R(Reverse) gear position. ! CAUTION: When downshifting from fifth gear to fourth gear. This can cause un- warmed up. caution should be taken not to inad- vertently press the gear lever sideways in such a manner that second gear is en- gaged. recommended for optimum fuel economy and mature wear of the transaxle shift forks. Do not operate the clutch pedal 4-5 45 (75) and release the clutch. as this can result in pre. Such a drastic downshift may cause the engine speed to increase to the point that the tachometer will enter the red-zone. The Shift Recommended the lever into the reverse position. This causes unnecessary wear. This is normal and not harm. it's hard to shift into 1st or R(Reverse). ful to the transaxle. 3-4 35 (55) Use the foot brake or parking brake to hold the put the shift lever in N(Neutral) position car on an incline. . then released slowly. pedal down. shifting may be from-to mph (km/h) the original position. 1-2 15 (20) necessary wear. performance. rest the lever in Using the Clutch Recommended Shift Points neutral for at least 3 seconds after your The clutch should be pressed all the way to the car is completely stopped. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2 7 NOTE: C070B02A-AAT C070D02O-AAT o To shift into reverse. Do not rest your foot on the difficult until the transaxle lubricant has clutch pedal while driving. Such over-revving of the engine may cause engine damage. Then move floor before shifting. o Do not use the shift lever as a handrest The shift points as shown on the chart are during driving. clutch pedal should always be fully returned to o During cold weather. Do not partially engage the clutch to hold the car 2-3 25 (40) o If you've come to a complete stop and on an incline. Press the clutch rapidly and repeatedly.

move way. an abrupt change in ve- hicle speed can cause the drive wheels to In the main gate. or killed than a person wearing a seatbelt. The way. sharp turns. then shift to the reverse position. Instead. you are driving down a long hill. o Avoid high cornering speeds. The individual speeds are selected au- transaxle can be damaged if you do not. Instead.2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 8 OPERATING THE AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE C070D03O-AAT C090A01O-GAT Good Driving Practices o Never take the car out of gear and coast ! WARNING: down a hill. NOTE: slippery surface. cantly more likely to be seriously injured o Slow down before shifting to a lower gear. down before pulling back into the travel gates. On a refer to "Sports Mode". This is extremely hazardous. o Do not make quick steering wheel move- o Don't "ride" the brakes. . you lose control of your vehicle at high- o Slow down when you encounter cross winds. o Exercise extreme caution when driving on a o Never exceed posted speed limits. and shift to a lower gear. braking. lanes. Be especially careful when For information on manual gate operation. accelerating or shifting gears. wait three seconds. tomatically. the main gate and the manual gate. slow down o Always wear your seat belts. This gives you much better control of your o Loss of control often occurs if two or HJM3018 car. and is equipped with a button to avoid control. such as sharp lane changes or to overheat and malfunction. depress the clutch. This can cause them ments. The selector lever has 2 the shift lever to neutral. This will help avoid over-revving the engine. In a collision. inadvertent selection. slippery surface. slow speed selector lever. Always leave the car in gear. o The risk of rollover is greatly increased if which can cause damage. unbelted person is signifi- engine braking will help slow the car. way speeds. speed. has four forward speeds and one reverse you attempt to shift into reverse. more wheels drop off the roadway and The highly efficient Hyundai automatic transaxle o Be sure the car is completely stopped before the driver oversteers to reenter the road. do not steer sharply. the selector lever has 4 lose traction and the vehicle to go out of positions. depending on the position of the shift into reverse. When you do this. when fast. To o In the event your vehicle leaves the road.

C090A01JM ! CAUTION: Never place the selector lever in the "P" (Park) position unless the vehicle is fully stopped. The indicator lights in the instrument cluster The first few shifts on a new vehicle. This is a normal condi. green lights indicate the gear cur. The T. ! CAUTION: Use for backing up the vehicle. although this is not recommended The function of each position is as fol. and the shifting sequence will adjust rently in use. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2 9 NOTE: C090C01A-AAT o R(Reverse): Depress the brake pedal and push the button when shifting. lever to "R" position. In the "N" position. Use for normal driving. may be ignition is switched "ON". or if the indicate the selector lever position when the C090D02O-AAT battery has been disconnected. o P (Park): C090E01O-AAT Use to hold the vehicle in place when parked or o D(Drive): while starting the engine. Whenever parking the car. o N (Neutral): tion. Never shift into "R" or "P" position while the a complete stop before shifting the selector vehicle is moving.C. engine can be started with the shift lever in "N" C090B02A-AAT position. Bring the car to Push the button when shifting. . The transaxle will auto- tor lever to the "P" (Park) position. apply the parking brake and shift the selec.M (Transaxle Control Module). after shifts are cycled a few times by the which means that no gears are engaged. During "D" range somewhat abrupt. The selector lever can be shifted freely. except if the engine stalls while the car is lows: moving. the transaxle is in neutral. operation. Failure to observe this caution will cause severe damage to the transaxle. matically shift through a four gear sequence.

transaxle damage. o In sports mode. push the forward or reverse gear. move the selector lever to the "R" from the "P" (Park) position to any of the one gear. To select reverse pressed in order to move the shift lever UP (+) : Push the lever forward once to shift up or park. 4th to 2nd. gear. it is possible to skip one gear is automatically selected. i. When the vehicle stops. . the brake pedal when shifting from "Neu- lever from the "D" position into the manual gate.e. away on a slippery road. tor lever to the -(DOWN) side to shift wards (-) twice. downward shifts are o It is always possible to shift from "R". slippery road. "D" position to "P" position. made automatically when the vehicle "N". gear.2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 10 C090F01JM-GAT o To maintain the required levels of ve- Sports Mode hicle performance and safety.e. The driver must execute when the selector lever is operated.. shift down one gear. NOTE: Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion. DOWN (-) : Pull the lever backwards once to o In sports mode. This gine protection. tral" position or "Park" position to a To return to "D" range operation. it is possible to skip one back to 1st gear. only the four forward position and the brake pedal fully de- wards and forwards can make gearshifts simple. 3rd to 1st. gears can be selected. downshifts must be made care. other positions. The SKIP : By rapidly moving the selector forwards slows down. upward shifts are made causes the transaxle to shift into 2nd automatically when the engine rpm gear which is better for smooth driving reaches the red zone. i. forward into the +(UP) position. push the selector lever gine speed below the red zone. For en. 1st to 3rd or 3rd to 1st. depress sports mode is selected by pushing the selector speed. HJM3020 however. Since sudden engine braking and/or rapid ac- C090H01L-GAT celeration can cause a loss of traction. NOTE: o The ignition key must be in the "ON" In sports mode. or "P" position as required. Push the selec- o By rapidly moving the selector lever back. fully in accordance with the vehicle's o For smooth and safe operation. the sys- ! CAUTION: tem may not execute certain gearshifts o In sports mode. moving the selector lever back. taking care to keep the en. shifts in accordance with prevailing road o Before driving away from a stop on a conditions. selector lever back into the main gate. 1st vehicle must be fully stopped to avoid or backwards twice.

way. to "R" or "D"position. brakes applied. do not steer sharply. lanes. o Avoid high cornering speeds. sharp turns. o In the event your vehicle leaves the road- regularly. o Always use the parking brake. accelerating or shifting gears. On a cause severe damage to the transaxle. o Do not use the "P" (Park) position in ous. Always set moving. pend on placing the transaxle in "P" to keep o Never exceed posted speed limits. person wearing a seatbelt. an abrupt change in ve. o Loss of control often occurs if two or ignition when you leave the vehicle. or any of the forward positions with the o Be sure the car is completely stopped before o Always wear your seat belts. When you do the driver oversteers to reenter the road- unattended while the engine is running. Rocking the vehicle is not recommended. o Shift into "R" and "P" position only when tor pedal depressed. This may be extremely hazard. use an appropriate towing lose traction and the vehicle to go out of method. you lose control of your vehicle at high- the parking brake. Be especially careful when as pulling out of deep snow or mud may braking. and add fluid as necessary. the car from moving. slow o See the maintenance section for the gaged. engine braking will help slow the car. o Never take the car out of gear and coast is significantly more likely to die than a ing from "P" or "N". Never leave the vehicle down and shift to a lower gear. un unbelted person o Always apply the footbrake when shift. In a collision crash. down a hill. o Excessive depressing of the accelerater o Exercise extreme caution when driving on a pedal in slippery driving conditions such slippery surface. o Never move the gear selector lever into "P" ments. hicle speed can cause the drive wheels to Rather. this. o Do not make quick steering wheel move- the vehicle has completely stopped. Do not de. o Check the automatic transaxle fluid level o Slow down before shifting to a lower gear. shift the transaxle o Do not "ride" the brakes. even when you are driving down a long hill. way. Instead. This can cause way speeds. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2 11 C090I02L-GAT C090N03O-AAT Good Driving Practices ! o Never move the gear selector lever from "P" ! WARNING: CAUTION: or "N" to any other position with the accelera. you attempt to shift into "R". slippery surface. such as sharp lane changes or o Do not accelerate the engine in reverse when the vehicle is in motion. Instead. Otherwise. . Always leave the car in gear when o The risk of rollover is greatly increased if place of the parking brake. slow more wheels drop off the roadway and momentarily. down before pulling back into the travel proper fluid recommendation. fast. into "P" (Park) position and turn off the them to overheat and malfunction. the lower gear may not be en. control.

Thus. . Also. During ABS operation. This could endanger Limits the drive wheels from spinning exces- the safety of yourself or others. the traction control erly. a pulsation may be The braking distance for cars equipped felt in the brake pedal when the brakes are with an anti-lock braking system may be applied. jects ahead. The safety features of an ABS equipped vehicle should not be tested by high speed SLIP Control driving or cornering.2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 12 ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS) TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS) C120A02A-AAT C300A03Y-GAT (If installed) (If installed) The Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) is designed ! WARNING: to prevent wheel lock-up during sudden braking ABS will not prevent accidents due to im- or on hazardous road surfaces. accelerate. The ABS con. proper or dangerous driving maneuvers. reduced speeds: On slippery road surfaces. ABS tain a safe distance between you and ob- will increase vehicle control during braking. spinning excessively. always main- in emergency situations or on slick roads. These following road conditions. gravel or snow-covered roads. trol module monitors the wheel speed and con. car turns. system (TCS) limits the drive wheels from o Rough. thus helping the car to o With tire chains installed. During these conditions are normal and indicate that the conditions the vehicle should be driven at C300A01JM-U anti-lock brake system is functioning prop. Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road condi- NOTE: tions. during emergency braking. Even though vehicle control is improved trols the pressure applied to each brake. It also helps to provide sufficient o On roads where the road surface is pit- driving force and steering performance as the ted or has different surface height. sively during starting or while making acceler- ated turns on slippery roads to avoid losing the driving force of the front wheels. a noise may be heard in the longer than for those without it in the engine compartment while braking.

The TCS-OFF indicator should go means that the road is slippery or your car off. trol function has been activated. gently release foot pressure from the NOTE: illuminates as a warning. Then. or the TCS or ! CAUTION: stay on. turned ON after the engine is turned off to a safe place and stop the engine. Should there be any unusual conditions in the is accelerating excessively. the TCS-OFF indicator will come on and If the indicators do not illuminate. pressing the accelerator pedal may not cause the engine speed to in- crease due to TCS operation. TCS System while driving. and restarted. being checked. have the system checked by an When the TCS indicator blinks. start the engine again to check if the TCS- 2) When the traction control system is op. a click may be precautions for driving in inclement weath. This is only the If the indicator remains lit even after the engine ! WARNING: effect of brake control and indicates nothing unusual. OFF indicator goes out. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2 13 C310B02O-AAT C310D01JM-AAT Driving Hints TCS ON/OFF Mode Indicators and Warning TCS does not actively apply brakes. pull your car speed. you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle. all normal 3) When the engine starts. tion key is turned to ON or START but should If you turn the system off by pressing the TCS go out after approximately three seconds. the TCS indicator The indicators should illuminate when the igni- curves. ingly. . NOTE: er and on slippery driving surfaces should this is the sound of the traction control When the TCS-OFF indicator illuminates. It also switch again. To turn the system back on. snow. has been started. in the instrument cluster will blink. In the TCS-OFF mode. Adjust you driving accord- TCS-OFF indicator does not go out after 3 seconds. erating properly. accelerator pedal and maintain moderate 1) The TCS mode will automatically be If TCS-OFF indicator illuminates. heard from the engine compartment. traction control is automatically deacti- 4) When moving out of the mud or fresh vated. the SLIP control will be deactivated. Be sure to decelerate the car sufficiently before entering When the TCS is operating. have your car checked by an authorized Hyundai dealer. SLIP con. be observed. switch. TCS-OFF indicator tion. Traction control is a driving aid. In this situa. press the authorized dealer.

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 14 ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAM (ESP) C310A01JM-AAT C310B01JM-AAT (If installed) ESP ON/OFF Mode ! CAUTION: When the ESP is operating. all normal precautions for driving in ON after the engine is turned off and re- C310A01JM-U inclement weather and on slippery road started. . The ESP-OFF indicator should go off. Adjust your driving accordingly. When If you turn the system off by pressing the ESP replacing tires. To turn the system back on. cause the ESP system to malfunction. The Electronic Stability Program (ESP) system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle control under adverse conditions. the ESP indicator in Driving with varying tire or wheel size may the instrument cluster will blink. make sure they are the same switch. is designed to stabilize the vehicle during cor- nering manuevers. It is still your responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety. stay on. It is not a substitute for safe driving practices. ESP checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going. ESP applies the brakes at individual wheels and intervenes in the engine management system to stabilize the vehicle. The Electronic Stability Program (ESP) system surfaces should be observed. ! WARNING: NOTE: Electronic stability program is only a driv- The ESP mode will automatically be turned ing aid. the stability control will be deactivated. road con- ditions and driver steering input can all affect whether ESP will be effective in preventing a loss of control. In the ESP-OFF mode. Factors including speed. press the switch again. the ESP-OFF indicator will come on and size as your original tires.

) . Occasional off- device while driving. (3) Drive at lower speeds in strong crosswinds. Should there be any unusual conditions in the wet and/or slippery conditions. authorized Hyundai dealer. lakes. or the ESP or or snow-covered roads and when moving out off-road conditions may result in damage ESP-OFF indicator does not go out after 3 of mud. its stability will be affected in cross- always the driver's responsibility for the safety winds. Driving the vehicle in challenging If the indicators do not illuminate. when driving on slippery. Your vehicle is not designed for chal. Full-time 4WD vehicles exceed the vehicle's intended design or the authorized dealer. those conditions. has been started. (4) Check the brake condition after driving in wet or muddy conditions. Driving in conditions that seconds. Press the brake sev- eral times as you move slowly until you feel normal braking forces return. have your car checked by an carefully considered when driving off-road. to the vehicle. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2 FULL-TIME 4WD OPERATION 15 C310D01JM-AAT C350A02JM-AAT Indicators and Warning (If installed) The indicators should illuminate when the igni. be sure to wear the seat belt. In general. streams. ! WARNING: tion key is turned to ON or START but should Full-time 4WD is useful when good traction is This vehicle is designed primarily for on go out after three seconds. Engine power can be delivered to all wheels. Slower speeds ensure better vehicle of him/herself and his or her passengers. rivers. These factors must be ence level. Then. Keeping the vehicle in contact with the driving Because of your vehicle's higher center of surface and under control in these conditions is gravity. control. and trails is considered normal use. road use such as established unpaved roads nates as a warning. pull your car important when traveling off-highway that the to a safe place and stop the engine. wet road use. etc. (i. ESP-OFF indicator illumi. required. start the engine again to check if the ESP. (5) Do not drive the vehicle through water. driver carefully reduce their speed to a level that (1) As always. off-road conditions tions or areas that exceed the vehicle's provide less traction and braking effectiveness basic design intent or the driver's experi- If the indicator remains lit even after the engine than on road conditions. such as. are designed primarily to improve traction and driver's experience level may result in se- performance on paved roads and highways in vere injury or death.e. It is always Driving 4WD Safely If ESP-OFF indicator illuminates. does not exceed the safe operating speed for (2) Do not drive in challenging off-road condi- OFF indicator goes out. have the vehicle checked by an lenging off-road use.

When driving on a snow-covered road or a Your vehicle is equipped with tires de. it should only be towed forward. you should not use these tires for highway driving. o If the vehicle is towed with only two wheels raised off the ground. the 4WD system could be damaged. rollover and serious injury. brand and load- o Rotate the tires and check the tire pres. type. It can affect 3. o Roadside Assistance Program: Off-roading is not covered. tread. slippery. To receive Temporary free roller service. with tires or wheels of the same size type. the performance of the full-time nally installed on your vehicle. o While towing. Release the parking brake. muddy surface. make sure that signed to provide for safe ride and handling 1. (8) The full-time 4WD vehicle cannot be towed by an ordinary tow truck. Make sure that the vehicle is towed with all four wheels raised off the ground. the safety and performance of your vehicle.2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 16 (6) The stopping distance of the full-time 4WD o In unavoidable cases. Place the shift lever in neutral (For (7) Since the driving torque is always applied to that is different from the one that is origi. limit towing to 10 mph and not for wheels is necessary. ! WARNING: ground. Do not use a size and type of tire and wheel 2. 4WD vehicle is greatly affected by the con. "ON". . the vehicle must be on a publicly Roll tester(Speedometer) HJM1029 maintained road. "N" position). check the following items. replace all of them all four tires with the tire and wheel of the more than 1 mile at ANY TIME. be sure to equip hicle. To avoid serious damage to your 4WD ve- o When replacement of any of the tires or When replacing the tires. Be sure to equip it with four which could lead to handling failure or NOTE: tires of the same size and type. The ignition switch is in "ACC" or you keep a sufficient distance between your capability. all 4 wheels. carrying capacity. dition of the tires. if the vehicle is vehicle differs very little from that of the 2WD being towed with all four wheels on the vehicle. vehicle and the one ahead of you. Automatic Transaxle. same size. If you nevertheless de- sure at regular intervals. cide to equip your vehicle with any tire/ wheel combination not recommended by Hyundai for off-road driving.

do not steer sharply. Place the rear wheels on the tempo. o Do not make quick steering wheel move- ments. dures. (10)When using tire chains. ! CAUTION: you lose control of your vehicle at high- o While the full-time 4WD vehicle is being way speeds. the vehicle the driver oversteers to reenter the road- 2. an unbelted person is o In rare cases when it's unavoidable that signicantly more likely to be seriously a 4WD vehicle is to be inspected on a cause the tires to rotate. There is danger that rotating tires touch. such as sharp lane charges or ! CAUTION: fast. o Loss of control may occurs if two or 1. o The risk of rollover is greatly increased if Never engage the parking brake while per- forming these tests. lanes. The 4WD o Avoid high cornering speeds. sharp turns. avoid running the engine con- tinuously at high rpm because doing so down before pulling back into the travel rary free roller as shown in the illustra. however. Check the tire pressures recom. do not spin them recklessly. system could be damaged.. ing the ground could cause the vehicle to go off the jack and to jump forward. never start the engine or o In a collision. (11)If the front or rear wheels get stuck in the ! WARNING: eter. more wheels drop off the roadway and mended for your vehicle. vehicle. . always attach them tenance (I/M) program of a Tucson 4WD to the front wheels. raised on a jack. tion. o In the event your vehicle leaves the road- 3. tester as shown in the illustration. snow. Release the parking brake. slow 4. seat belt. strictly follow the proce. use a four wheel chassis dynamom. etc. could damage the 4WD system. can sometimes be driven out by de- pressing the accelerator pedal further. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2 17 (9)For a speedometer test or inspection/main. This is very dangerous as the vehicle can jump forward and cause serious injury or death. injured or killed than a person wearing a 2WD roll tester. ! WARNING: Keep away from the front of the vehicle while inspecting. Place the front wheels on the roll way. Instead. o If one of the front or rear wheels begins to spin in mud. mud. way.

Hyundai dealer for assistance. Wet brakes may cause the car to During off-road or low-friction driving condi. tion is completely released at a speed of 40 km/ h or higher. check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and that the parking brake indicator light is out before driving away. the driving power is equally distrib. press the 4WD lock button to drive in full. taking care front and rear wheels. brakes lightly while driving slowly until the time 4WD. If there were an accident or a sudden stop. dividing the power ratio to 50:50 in the ceeding 40 km/h. the function is rerun when the speed again drops to 40 km/h or lower. The 4WD lock indicator 2) Release the 4WD lock button on the normal to keep the car under control at all times. driving conditions. press the C130A01A-AAT (With Electronic Control 4WD) 4WD lock button again. This setup begins to get cancelled when the stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call your vehicle speed exceeds 30 km/h. o Driving through water may get the brakes C360A01JM-U wet. pull to one side. terrain. 4WD lock keeps activating when not ex. apply the tions. uted to the front and rear. and the func. such objects could move forward and cause damage to the vehicle or injure the occu- pants. the braking action does not return to normal. They can also get wet when the car is This 4WD system is designed for dividing the C360A02JM washed. (If installed) The 4WD lock indicator light in the instrument cluster should go off. . and is fully established at speeds below 30 km/ h. To dry the brakes. braking action returns to normal.2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 18 4WD LOCK SYSTEM GOOD BRAKING PRACTICES C360A01O-GAT To release the 4WD lock function. ! WARNING: Nothing should be carried on top of the cargo area cover behind the rear seat. are wet. Conversely. If light in the instrument cluster is illuminated. 1) Pressing the 4WD lock button on the tough Your car will not stop as quickly if the brakes ditions. Wet brakes can be dangerous! power ratio automatically in normal driving con. o After being parked.

especially on the high- o If your car is equipped with an automatic apply it only temporarily while you put the way. Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos- o If a tire goes flat while you are driving. If your braking will help you maintain a safe speed. rate. Engage C140A01A-AAT This is extremely hazardous. either too much or too little. sary braking. Incorrect inflation. then shift to a lower gear so that engine or reverse gear (manual transaxle). . increase wear on these components. turn the front throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising dangerous because it can result in the brakes wheels away from the curb to help keep the speed. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2 DRIVING FOR ECONOMY 19 o Don't coast down hills with the car out of gear. a moderate speed. Don't race between stoplights. essarily. which reduces their effectiveness and pedal or parking brake. may lead to more serious consequences. don't let your car creep forward. is one of the most effective ways to transaxle. required by other conditions to keep the car so you don't have to change speeds unnec- ponents. Always use the brake heat. Accelerate at a moderate o Don't "ride" the brake pedal. turn the front wheels o Drive smoothly. apply o Under some conditions your parking brake sible. is a risk that the parking brake may freeze. Keep the car the parking brake and place the gear selec. This also reduces brake wear. This is other vehicles so you can avoid unneces- straight ahead while you slow down. can increase fuel consumption and also stopped. When most likely to happen when there is an ac. Then release the parking brake. Try to overheating and losing their effectiveness. To avoid creeping forward. In o Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade with addition. from rolling. Don't make "jack-rabbit" starts or full- foot on the brake pedal while driving can be If your car is facing uphill. gear selector lever in "P" (automatic) or in reduce fuel consumption. Check the tire pressures at least once a month. This firmly on the brake pedal when the car is block the rear wheels so the car cannot roll. o Use caution when parking on a hill. If there is no curb or if it is adjust your speed to that of the other traffic also increases the wear of the brake com. o Take care of your tires. driving with your foot resting on the the accelerator pedal. pull off the road and stop in a safe rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. car is facing downhill. You can save fuel and get more miles from your in gear at all times. use the brakes to slow tor lever in "P" (automatic transaxle) or in first car if you follow these suggestions: down. results in unnecessary tire wear. Resting your into the curb to help keep the car from rolling. the more fuel your car uses. The faster you to do so. This can cause the brake pedal may cause the brakes to over- transaxle to overheat. It car from rolling. If there drive. Always maintain a safe distance from the brakes gently and keep the car pointed can freeze in the engaged position. you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe cumulation of snow or ice around or near the o Drive at a moderate speed. keep your foot first or reverse gear (manual transaxle) and o Don't "ride" the brake or clutch pedal. Keep them inflated to the recommended pressure. block the wheels. Driving at place.

In Avoid braking or gear changing in corners.2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 20 SMOOTH CORNERING o Be sure that the wheels are aligned cor. As soon as the engine hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular is running smoothly. Weight reduces fuel economy. etc. If you follow these suggestions. give your en. It is especially impor. dirt. surfaces. Don't carry unnecessary weight in your car. Lugging tion. especially when roads are wet. For maximum service. turn off your engine and restart only when you're ready to go. ice. For better is driving too slowly in too high a gear result. If you are waiting (and not in traffic). tant that mud. when you use it. o Remember. This can be you drive your car in severe conditions. . corners wear and may also result in other problems gine a slightly longer warm-up period. however. tire wear o Keep your car in good condition. Ideally. Improper alignment can result from extended warm-up. you can drive away. Poor alignment causes faster tire very cold weather. o Don't let the engine idle longer than neces- sary. o Travel lightly. conditioning system is operated by engine your Hyundai should be kept clean and free power so your fuel economy is reduced of corrosive materials. Section 5 for details). Over-revving is racing the maintenance schedule in Section 5. If the engine beyond its safe limit. This extra weight can result in increased fuel consumption and also contribute to corro- sion. o Use your air conditioning sparingly. not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the car. fuel economy and reduced maintenance ing in the engine bucking. will be held to a minimum. should always be taken under gentle accelera- as well as greater fuel consumption. avoided by shifting at the recommended more frequent maintenance is required (see speeds. The air o Keep your car clean. maintain your car in accordance with shift to a lower gear. your Hyundai does not require C150A01A-AAT rectly. costs. If this happens. o Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.

Also and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous ish your coolant in accordance with the main. but will not prevent side Winter puts additional burdens on the battery skids. prevents freezing. C160C01A-AAT consult your Hyundai dealer. fullest extent. The level of charge in your battery can be checked by your Hyundai dealer or a service station. Your Hyundai is delivered with high quality C160F01A-AAT it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system. Before winter. worn or damaged in During deceleration. lubricates the water pump and Inspect your spark plugs as described in Sec- rapid acceleration. If snow tires are needed. Sudden brake applications on freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures snowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur. check all ignition wiring and components to be practices. To Check state laws before fitting tire Necessary minimize the problems of winter driving. . system. C160D01A-AAT Also. Failure is the only type of coolant that should be used System to do so may adversely affect the safety and because it helps prevent corrosion in the cool- handling of your car. sure they are not cracked. speeding. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2 WINTER DRIVING 21 C160A01A-AAT NOTE: C160E01A-AAT The more severe weather conditions of winter o Tire chains are not legal in all states. See Section 9 for recommendations. C160B01JM-AAT If you aren't sure what weight oil you should use. tenance schedule in Section 5. should follow these suggestions: o Tire chains are to be used on front tires In some climates it is recommended that a lower only. Furthermore. apply the brake gently. It Check Spark Plugs and Ignition and type of the original equipment tires. viscosity "winter weight" oil be used during cold weather. You need to keep sufficient distance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle. it may be Coolant necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires. ing system. you chains. tion 6 and replace them if necessary. Change to "Winter Weight" Oil if result in greater wear and other problems. anticipated during the winter. Snowy or Icy Conditions Use High Quality Ethylene Glycol To drive your vehicle in deep snow. Visually inspect the battery and cables as described in Section 6. use engine braking to the have your coolant tested to assure that its any way. sudden brake applications. Be sure to replace or replen. It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tire will provide Check Battery and Cables a greater driving force.

heated key with care to avoid injury. jumper cables. squirt an Under some conditions your parking brake can Depending on the severity of the weather where approved de-icer fluid or glycerine into the key freeze in the engaged position. ground cloth. snow and ice can build freeze is available from Hyundai dealers and up under the fenders and interfere with the most auto parts outlets. Then release the parking brake. If a lock is covered with ice. coveralls. emergency flares. Some of the items an approved de-icing fluid to remove the ice. squirt it with likely to happen when there is an accumulation ate emergency equipment. you should carry appropri- opening. Under some conditions. etc. If of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes you may want to carry include tire chains. odically check underneath the car to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed. thaw it out by using a heated key. If there is a risk the straps or chains. sand. a blanket. a shovel. Window washer anti. Do not use engine steering. . (automatic) or in first or reverse gear (manual transaxle) and block the rear wheels so the car C160H02A-AAT cannot roll. apply it only tempo. Use Approved Window Washer Anti- Freeze in System C160J01A-AAT To keep the water in the window washer system Don't Let Ice and Snow Accumulate from freezing. rarily while you put the gear selector lever in "P" gloves. flashlight. Handle the parking brake may freeze.2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 22 C160G01A-AAT C160I01A-AAT C160K01A-AAT To Keep Locks from Freezing Don't Let Your Parking Brake Freeze Carry Emergency Equipment To keep the locks from freezing. When driving in severe winter condi- coolant or other types of anti-freeze as these tions where this may happen. you should peri- may damage the paint finish. you may be able to or if the brakes are wet. a window scraper. tow the lock is frozen internally. add an approved window washer Underneath anti-freeze solution in accordance with instruc- tions on the container. This is most you drive your car.

! CAUTION: 2. or other types of result in reduced traction or tire failure. When driving should first check with your State's Department Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specifica. it of Motor Vehicles to determine their legal re- tion. overheating and possible failure of the tires. Ask your Hyundai dealer for further details before towing. engine coolant and engine oil: Do not do any towing with your car during High speed travel consumes more fuel than its first 1. This enables you to be seen as well as to see. Do not forget to check both allow the engine to properly break in. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2 HIGHER SPEED MOTORING USE OF LIGHTS TRAILER OR VEHICLE TOWING 23 C170A01A-AAT C180A01A-AAT C190A01S-AAT Pre-Trip Inspections Check your lights regularly for correct opera.000 km) in order to urban motoring. 3. Drive belt: A loose or damaged drive belt may result in overheating of the engine. Tires: tion and always keep them clean. quirements. Fail- engine coolant and engine oil. . vehicles or apparatus may differ. during the day in conditions of poor visibility. If you are considering towing with your car. NOTE: Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires.200 miles (2. you 1. Since laws vary from State to State the require- Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may ments for towing trailers. ure to heed this caution may result in seri- ous engine or transaxle damage. Fuel. Low tire inflation pressures will result in is helpful to drive with headlights on low beam. cars.

. DO NOT gauge moves across the dial towards USE A HITCH DESIGNED FOR TEMPORARY "H" (HOT). weight of the loaded trailer and then checking require more frequent maintenance due to the load on the tongue. attached be- Severe Usage Conditions" on page 5-6. the additional load. your car will across other lanes of traffic and ultimately leave the roadway. are required in most states. You may Tongue load Total trailer weight proceed once the engine has cooled sufficiently. See Maintenance Under gerous situation. If The hitch should be bolted securely to the car the needle of the coolant temperature and installed by a qualified technician. engine coolant temperature gauge to ensure the engine does not overheat. creased by re-distributing the load in the the trailer or vehicle could wander dangerously trailer. C190E01JM C190C01Y-AAT o Keep the tongue load 10% of the total trailer Trailer Brakes load. o When towing a trailer on steep grades (in utes the tongue load uniformly throughout the excess of 12%) pay close attention to the chassis. C190D01S-AAT x 100 = 10% (MAX) make sure it conforms to federal and/or local Safety Chains Total trailer weight regulations and that it is properly installed and o Tongue loads can be increased or de- operating correctly. directly to the vehicle brake system. Should the hitch connection between your ve- hicle and the trailer or vehicle you are towing fail. tween your car and the trailer or towed vehicle. and allow the engine ATTACHES ONLY TO THE BUMPER. Use a quality non-equalizing hitch which distrib. pull over and stop as soon as INSTALLATION AND NEVER USE ONE THAT it is safe to do so. safety chains. ! CAUTION: making sure that its location is compatible with o Never connect a trailer brake system that of the trailer or vehicle being towed. NOTE: This can be verified by checking the total If you tow a trailer or vehicle.2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 24 C190B01S-AAT C190E01JM-AAT Trailer Hitches Trailer Weight Limit Select the proper hitch and ball combination. To eliminate this potentially dan. to idle until it cools down. o Tongue load If your trailer is equipped with a braking system.

whichever is lower. Redistribute the load and check the axle weight again. driver. About 60% of ! CAUTION: ! WARNING: the trailer load should be in the front half The following specifications are recom.000(454) ing up and down hills. cation plate (see page 8-2). Never load the trailer with more weight in the back than in the front. all passengers and their luggage.0L 1500(680) o Be careful when driving in slippery and hitch. trailer tongue load and other op. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2 25 NOTE: 1. The front or rear axle weight must not Without 2. (kg) dling and braking. towing speed limit. . The total gross vehicle weight is the o Drive more slowly when towing a trailer Maximum Towable Weight combined weight of the vehicle.000(907) 150 (68) o Be careful when turning and while driv- 3. It is possible that your towing package does not ex- ceed the GVWR but exceeds the GAWR. The loaded trailer can seriously affect its steering the rear. Lbs. exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating Brake 2. cargo. 2).7L 2. The total gross vehicle weight with trailer ues in the chart. trailer weight cannot safely exceed the val. Brake 2. windy conditions. and braking performance causing a 2. tional equipment. Trailer Tongue With 2. Weight Rating (GVWR) shown on the o Towing a trailer affected vehicle han- vehicle identification plate (see page 8. o Improperly loading your vehicle and on the trailer and the remaining 40% in mended when towing a trailer. crash which could cause serious injury must not exceed the Gross Vehicle or death. Engine and allow more distance when braking. Improper trailer loading and/or too much luggage in the cargo area can overload the rear axle.7L o Do not exceed 45 mph or the posted (GAWR) shown on the vehicle identifi.0L 1.

Low tire and use the engine braking effect. Reduce highway speed. Before towing. brake lights. Always secure items in the trailer to prevent gear selector in park or neutral and idle to overheat.Avoid jerky starts. When ascending a long grade. In addition. be sure to follow all the normal 15. 10. .Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long 4. check occasionally to be zone). When parking your car and trailer. tow a trailer with the transaxle in fifth gear 11. Select a lower gear when going uphill. This could cause the brakes 4. especially or footbrake. efficiency. and then apply the 1. 5. load shift while driving. set the parking brake firmly. (manual transaxle) or overdrive (automatic 3. do not 1. and that the 2. conditions. Check the condition and air pressure of all 13. and (the temperature gauge reads near the red 9. To maintain engine braking efficiency. If the trailer has electric brakes. on a hill. slow down accelerator. Use the parking brake 7. place the transaxle). pressure can seriously affect the handling.If the transaxle shifts frequently while going precautions. Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal reduce or eliminate the problem. hold the vehicle in place by pressing on the If there is too much wind buffeting. This can cause the automatic to get out of the other vehicle's air turbulence.2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 26 C190F01O-AAT 8. and/or overheating. transaxle to overheat. Turn off the air conditioner.When going down a hill.If you have to stop while going uphill. resulting in reduced braking the engine at a higher speed. connections as well as proper operation of your electrical connection at the same time. do not a constant speed and steer straight ahead. 12. The vehicle/trailer combination is more af. This lets you check If overheating should occur when towing. During your trip. keep 14. curb. shift down one gear. When being passed by a large vehicle. 2. sure that the load is secure. taking the following actions may turn signals. sudden acceleration or 3. and put the transaxle in 1st or Reverse (manual) or Park (automatic). place wheel chocks NOTE: When towing check transaxle fluid more at each of the trailer's tires. While in stop and go traffic. transaxle to a lower gear and reduce speed 6. Turn your front wheel into the up a hill. shift into a lower gear tires on the trailer and your car. start your Trailer or Vehicle Towing Tips vehicle and trailer moving. check hitch and safety chain trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the ! CAUTION: brakes are working. to reduce chances of engine overloading fected by crosswind and buffeting.Avoid sharp turns and rapid lane changes. or too frequently. frequently. lights and any trailer brakes are still working. sudden stops. the trailer running lights. downshift the Also check the spare tire.

there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle. gives the original tire size. ferred to your vehicle. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs. Consult this I030B01JM (3)Subtract the combined weight of the manual to determine how this re- The tire label located on the driver's driver and passengers from XXX duces the available cargo and lug- side of the center pillar outer panel kilograms or XXX pounds. the number of people that can be load capacity. cold tire (4)The resulting figure equals the avail- pressures recommended for your ve. That weight may not weight of occupants and cargo should safely exceed the available cargo never exceed XXX pounds'' on your and luggage load capacity calcu- vehicle's placard. the amount of avail- able cargo and luggage load capac- ity is 650 lbs. able amount of cargo and luggage hicle. For example.) . and weight. if the in your vehicle and vehicle capacity "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2 VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT 27 C190F02JM-AAT Steps for Determining Correct Load (5)Determine the combined weight of Tire and Loading Information Label Limit luggage and cargo being loaded on (1)Locate the statement "The combined the vehicle. gage load capacity of your vehicle. lated in Step 4. (2)Determine the combined weight of (6)If your vehicle will be towing a trailer. the driver and passengers that will be load from your trailer will be trans- riding in your vehicle.

2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 28 Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 A B C A B C A B C C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM Item Description Total Item Description Total Item Description Total 1400 lbs 1400 lbs 1400 lbs A Vehicle Capacity Weight A Vehicle Capacity Weight A Vehicle Capacity Weight (635 kg) (635 kg) (635 kg) Subtract Occupant Weight 300 lbs Subtract Occupant Weight 750 lbs Subtract Occupant Weight 860 lbs B B B 150 lbs (68 kg) × 2 (136 kg) 150 lbs (68 kg) x 5 (340 kg) 172 lbs (78 kg) x 5 (390 kg) Available Cargo and 1100 lbs Available Cargo and 650 lbs 540 lbs C C C Available Cargo Weight Luggage weight (498 kg) Luggage Weight (295 kg) (245 kg) .

and weigh your vehicle. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 2 29 C190G01JM-AAT Refer to your vehicle's tire and loading This label also tells you the maximum Compliance Label information label for specific informa. Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the centerline. C190G01JM The compliance label is located on the ! WARNING: driver's side of the center piller outer o Never exceed the GVWR for your panel. To find out the weight of the driver. weights that can be supported by the tion about your vehicle's capacity weight front and rear axles. overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle. The label shows the size of your original o Do not load your vehicle any tires and the inflation pressures needed heavier than the GVWR. vehicle. passengers and actual loads on your front and rear cargo should never exceed your axles. or either to obtain the gross weight capacity of the maximum front or rear GAWR. The combined Weight Rating (GAWR). This hicle. This is called the GVWR If you do. way your vehicle handles. your vehicle. Your dealer can help you with this. you need to go to a weigh station vehicle's capacity weight. or the GAWR for either the front or rear axle. The can break. called Gross Axle and seating positions. . could cause you to lose control and crash. Also. all occupants. parts on your vehicle (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). and it can change the GVWR includes the weight of the ve. fuel and cargo.

If you have to stop or turn down unless necessary. o Never stack items.2 DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI 30 NOTE: o Overloading your vehicle may ! WARNING: cause damage. Try to spread the load your vehicle the right way. The label will help you decide how much inside the vehicle above the tops cargo and installed equipment your of the seats. or in a crash. like suitcases. or if there is a crash. packages. thing else – they more as fast as the o Do not drive with a seat folded vehicle goes. quickly. Do Items you carry inside your vehicle not overload your vehicle. sudden stop or turn. ponents to get added durability might not change your weight rat. the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strikes the driver or a passenger. If you carry items inside your vehicle – o When you carry something inside like suitcases. . Ask your dealer to help you your vehicle. weight evenly. o Put things in the cargo area of ings. the vehicle. vehicle can carry. can strike and injure people in a o Using heavier suspension com. secure it. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. tools. o Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle. or any.

................ 3-7 3 3 If Your Car Must be Towed ........................... 3-14 If You Lose Your Keys ..................... 3-2 Jump Starting ............................................................................................................... 3-5 If You Have a Flat Tire ......................................................................................................... 3-12 Emergency Towing ................................................ 3-15 ........................................................... WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY If the Engine will not Start ..... 3-6 Changing a Flat Tire ................................. 3-4 Spare Tire ....................................... 3-3 If the Engine Overheats ..........

If the light dims or seek other qualified assistance. do not push or 2. be straight line. keeping a 1. See instructions for "Jump Starting". If the engine still does not start. ment. and the emergency brake is set. 2. If the engine will not start. If your car has an automatic transaxle. the battery is discharged. Check fuel level. push or pull starting may cause the loose. . With the key in the "OFF" position. Check the battery connections to be sure 3. 5. Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tightened. Reconnect any that may be disconnected or tion. check all pull the car to start it. contact a Hyundai dealer or 3. Check the fuel line in the engine compart- create a fire hazard. call a Hyundai dealer or seek other qualified assistance. 2. 4. Turn on the interior light. 4. will not start. Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. goes out when you operate the starter.3 WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY 2 IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START D010A01A-AAT D010B02A-AAT D010C02Y-AAT If Engine Doesn't Turn Over or Turns If Engine Turns Over Normally but Does Over Slowly Not Start ! WARNING: 1. Reduce your speed gradually. Try to start the engine again. D010D01A-AAT If Engine Stalls While Driving HJM5008 1. In addi. This could result in a connectors at ignition. collision or cause other damage. Turn on your emergency flashers. coil and spark plugs. Move cautiously off the road to sure the gear selector lever is in "N" or "P" a safe place. If your vehicle they are clean and tight. catalytic converter to be overloaded and 3.

these instructions are not followed exactly. Carefully remove the jumper cables in the serious personal injury and damage to the 2. If you of the booster battery. acid on yourself. to use it for the jump start. tective glasses and be careful not to get battery. Next. Do not con- battery o The gas produced by the battery during the nect the cable to any moving part. If you cannot deter. Then attach the other must be transported to an emergency facil. 5. Start the engine in the car with the dis- o To jump start a car with a discharged battery. end of that cable to a solid metal part of the ity. WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY 3 JUMP STARTING 3 D020A03A-AAT o If you should accidentally get acid on your Then attach the other end of the same cable skin or in your eyes. Attach the clamps of the jumper cable in the If you do not know why your battery became assistance. start must be 12-volt. During the jumping operation. 6. battery away from the battery. First. positive (+) post or cable of the discharged your Hyundai dealer. After the engine starts. immediately remove to the positive (+) post or cable of the booster any contaminated clothing and flush the area battery. seek qualified 3. charged battery using the normal starting ! WARNING: follow this procedure exactly: procedure. discharged (because the lights were left on. attach with clear water for at least 15 minutes. If the booster battery is installed in another run at fast idle or about 2.000 rpm for several jump-start operation is highly explosive. sulfuric acid. continue to apply water to the affected engine of the vehicle with the discharged Discharged area with a sponge or cloth. run the engine in this vehicle at about 2. will help to assure that the booster battery is o The battery being used to provide the jump fully charged. jump-start operation is highly explosive. be sure the two vehicles are not minutes. vehicle may occur! If you are not sure how sories in both vehicles. Start the engine in the car with the booster not smoke or allow a spark or an open flame battery and let it run for a few minutes. If vehicle. touching.). Do 4. This in the vicinity. have the charging system checked by corrosive. your clothing or on the car. wear pro. using the other cable. When jump starting. Then one clamp to the negative (-) post or cable promptly obtain medical attention. reverse order of attachment. Automobile batteries contain exact location shown on the illustration. This is poisonous and highly attach one clamp of the jumper cable to the etc. Turn off all unnecessary lights and acces. .000 Booster battery HJM4001 mine that it is a 12-volt battery. leave the jumper cables connected and let the engine The gas produced by the battery during the 1. do not attempt rpm. to follow this procedure.

7. If overheating 2. stop the engine the parking brake. matic). turn the engine off. engine running and check to be sure the blown out of the opening and cause seri- engine cooling fan is operating. happens again. immediately and call the nearest Hyundai turn it off. keep hair. If this happens. if coolant has been pinging or knocking. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe injury. keeping alert for fur- to do so. If the air conditioning is on. wait until the engine temperature has If your temperature gauge indicates overheat- ing. ther signs of overheating. 3. If the fan is ous burns. If there is no visible loss of Do not remove the radiator cap when the be checked as soon as possible by a Hyundai engine coolant and no steam. Place the gear selector lever in "P" (auto. If engine coolant is running out under the car or steam is coming out from the hood.3 WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY 4 IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS D030A02A-AAT 6. leave the engine is hot. Then. This can allow coolant to be dealer. If the water pump drive belt is broken or assistance. it is normal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop). 1. If you cannot find the cause of the overheat- ing. If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory. (If the air conditioning had been in use. not running. Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing. hoses or under the car. check to see that it is tight. stop ! CAUTION: the engine. check for coolant leaking from the radiator. the engine is probably too While the engine is running. carefully add coolant to the reservoir hot. dealer for assistance. Proceed with caution. call a Hyundai dealer for 5. If it is not missing. you experience a loss of power. . or hear loud ! WARNING: returned to normal. lost. 4. or neutral (manual transaxle) and set engine coolant is leaking out. you should: hands and clothing away from moving parts (page 6-9) to bring the fluid level in the such as the fan and drive belts to prevent reservoir up to the halfway mark. Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming ! WARNING: Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should has stopped.

If periodically checked and maintained such use is attempted. HJM2167 Spare Tire Pressure 6. it The following instructions for the tem. The temporary spare tire pressure should be checked once a month To remove the spare tire Tire Size T155/90R16 while the tire is stored. damage to at the specified pressure while the these items or other car components tire is stored. The tire pressure should be with the temporary spare wheel. snow tires. Remove the luggage mat. Check inflation pressure as soon as be used on any other wheels. Open the tail gate. Remove the luggage under tray cover o Do not use snow chains with your to turn the lever toward "UNLOCK". as the original tire can be repaired or replaced. WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY 3 SPARE TIRE 5 D040B01JM-GAT D040A01JM-AAT 4. 2. 2. The temporary spare tire should not 1. Inflation Pressure 60 psi (420 kPa) 1. and adjust to the specified pres. nor practical after installing the spare should standard tires. may occur. . o Do not tow a trailer while the tem- porary spare tire is installed. mph (80 km/h) is not recommended. tire. Remove the luggage under tray. Continuous use at speeds of over 50 rary spare tire at a time. As the temporary spare tire is spe- TEMPORARY SPARE TIRE Handling the Spare Tire cifically designed for your vehicle. o Do not use more than one tempo- 3. 4. wheel covers or trim rings be used sure. should not be used on any other porary spare tire should be observed: vehicle. The spare tire should only be used temporarily and should be returned ! CAUTION: 3. to the luggage compartment as soon temporary spare tire. 5.

3 WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY 6 IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE D050A02A-AAT 3. If you are on a divided high- ing the spare tire. Drive off the road as far as clockwise with a wheel nut wrench to possible and park on firm. ground. brake carefully and pull off 5. Have all passengers get out of the If a tire goes flat while you are driving: vehicle. install and tighten way. the road. do not park in the median area the bolt firmly with your fingers until between the two traffic lanes. Turn the installation bolt counter. When the car is stopped. pedal and let the car slow down while 4. 2. Change the tire following the instruc- driving straight ahead. Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away 1. Take your foot off the accelerator from traffic. turn on your emergency hazard flashers. . When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe HJM4008 to do so. set the parking brake and put the transaxle in "P" (automatic) or reverse (manual transaxle). the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of control. After replac. there is no more play in the spare tire. Do not apply tions provided on the following pages. level remove the spare tire.

Hyundai for off-road driving. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool ! WARNING: Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide for safe ride and handling capability. which D060A01JM could lead to handling failure or HJM4007 The procedure described on the follow. If (automatic) or reverse gear (manual you nevertheless decide to equip NOTE: transaxle) and that the parking brake is your vehicle with any tire/wheel com. WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY 3 CHANGING A FLAT TIRE 7 D060A02HP-AAT D060B01JM-AAT 1. then: bination not recommended by luggage compartment floor. rollover and serious injury. The spare tire is located under the set. check to wheel of the same size. be sure the gear selector lever is in "P" brand and load-carrying capacity. It can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle. compartment. be sure to Remove the spare tire and remove the well as to change a flat tire. . type. ing pages can be used to rotate tires as When replacing the tires. you should not use these tires for high- way driving. Do not use a size and type of tire and wheel that is different from the one that is originally installed on your vehicle. When equip all four tires with the tire and jack and tool bag from the luggage preparing to change a flat tire. tread.

push down on it with steady pressure. while holding the wrench near the end of the handle. The jack should from rolling when the vehicle is raised the nuts. level ground. Just loosen them about one-half turn. Then. The wheel nuts should be loosened The base of the jack should be placed site from the flat to keep the vehicle slightly before raising the car. be positioned as shown in the drawing. Loosen Wheel Nuts 4. turn the wrench handle coun. Put the Jack in Place Flat tire HJM4009 HJM4015 HJM4010 Block the wheel that is diagonally oppo. When doing this.3 WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY 8 D060C02A-AAT D060D01A-AAT D060E01A-AAT 2. be sure that the socket is seated completely over the nut so it cannot slip off. Do not remove the nuts at this time. Block the Wheel 3. For maximum leverage. terclockwise. position the wrench so the handle is to the left as shown in the drawing. on the jack. To loosen on firm. .

tip the wheel slightly and get If the jack is on soft ground or sand. lay it flat so it cannot roll away. If this is it is properly positioned and will not slip. WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY 3 9 D060F03E-AAT D060G01JM-AAT Raise the car high enough so that the 5. Changing Wheels fully inflated spare tire can be installed. After inserting the wrench bar into the No one should stay in the vehicle Loosen the wheel nuts and remove wheel nut wrench. To do this. brick. Then jiggle the wheel back object under the base of the jack to and forth until the wheel can be slid over keep it from sinking. To put To raise the vehicle. double check that slide the wheel onto them. . turn the wheel nut the wheel on the hub. the other studs. Slide the wheel off the studs and into the jack as shown in the drawing. difficult. them. line up the holes with the studs and to raise the vehicle. pick up the spare wrench clockwise. ! WARNING: Do not get under the vehicle when it Wheel nut is supported by the jack! This is very wrench dangerous as the vehicle could fall HFC4022 D060G01JM and cause serious injury or death. Raising the vehicle 6. install the wrench bar while the jack is being used. flat stone or other the top stud. As the jack begins tire. the top hole in the wheel lined up with place a board. you will need more ground clearance than is required to remove Wrench bar the flat tire.

gravel. tar. the To reinstall the wheel. Be- fore putting the wheel into place. then tighten the nuts as much as pos- sible with your fingers again. If there is. Reinstall Wheel Nuts ! WARNING: Wheels and wheel covers may have sharp edges. The nuts Use caution.) that interferes with the wheel D060G02JM from fitting solidly against the hub. Jiggle the injury or death. . remove it. some pieces may be very hot. tire to be sure it is completely seated. hold it on the If the vehicle has been driven re. be sure that there is nothing on the hub or wheel (such as mud. put the wheel nuts on the studs cently. wheel nuts could come loose and studs. Handle them carefully to avoid possible severe injury.3 WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY 10 D060H02O-AAT 7. Loss of a and tighten them finger tight. cause the loss of a wheel. If there is not D060H01JM good contact on the mounting sur- ! WARNING: face between the wheel and hub. This may cause serious ameter ends directed inward. wheel may result in loss of control of should be installed with their small di- the vehicle. etc.

pressure. have a techni. Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an exten- sion pipe over the wrench handle. Always reinstall the valve Wheel nut tightening torque: cap after checking or adjusting tire Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel: pressure. buy another and install it as soon as possible. adjust it until it is correct.cm) may leak from the tire.100 kg. mended. If you lose a valve cap. air 65-80 lb. Then If you have a tire gauge. If the pressure is lower than recom- . D060J01JM Go around the wheel tightening every other nut until they are all tight. drive slowly to the nearest 8. Lower the car to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclock- wise. D060J02O-AAT After you have changed wheels.ft (900-1. Be sure the socket is seated completely over the nut. remove the double-check each nut for tightness. WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY 3 11 D060I01E-AAT After changing wheels. If it is too high. valve cap and check the air pressure. If the cap is not replaced. Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts. al- After Changing Wheels ways secure the flat tire in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper HJM4016 storage locations. Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts cian tighten the wheel nuts to their service station and inflate to the correct proper torque as soon as possible.

(2) or flatbed equipment (3). rather than risk body of the vehicle. Your vehicle can be towed by wheel lift type truck (1). cause damage to the bumper or under- erning towing. may cause damage to the bumper or D080B03JM underbody of the vehicle. o When towing the vehicle. In any case. it is suggested that you show this information to the tow truck operator.3 WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY 12 IF YOUR VEHICLE MUST BE TOWED D080A01O-GAT D080B02O-AAT If your vehicle has to be towed. Also. This will help assure that your ! CAUTION: 1) vehicle is not damaged in towing. profes. . be sure the steering is unlocked by placing the o Do not tow with sling type truck as this key in the "ACC" position. Be sure that a safety chain system is used and that all local laws are observed. ! CAUTION: dolly o Your vehicle can be damaged if towed incorrectly! 3) o Be sure the transaxle is in neutral. damage to your car. D080A01JM o When the engine will not start. take care not to sionals are generally aware of local laws gov. it should be done Towing the 2 Wheel Drive Vehicle by your Hyundai dealer or a commercial tow truck service. It is recommended that your vehicle be towed 2) with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment with all the wheels off the ground.

If you cannot add fluid. ! CAUTION: NOTE: Before towing. check the level of the auto- matic transaxle fluid. use a towing dolly under the front wheels. . towed with all the wheels off the ground. WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY 3 13 D080B02O-AAT 1) If the vehicle is being towed with the rear wheels on the ground. dolly 2) If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground. If it is below the "HOT" range on the dipstick. D080C04JM When towing the 4WD vehicle. Be sure to use a towing dolly under the front wheels. HJM4019 dolly A vehicle with an automatic transaxle should never be towed from the rear with the front wheels on the ground. add fluid. it must be towed 3) It is recommended that your vehicle be by lifting all 4 wheels or using the towing dolly. a towing dolly must be used. This can cause se- rious damage to the transaxle. be sure the parking Towing the 4 Wheel Drive Vehicle brake is released.

cause damage to the bumper or under. This can when attempting this procedure when the ve- cause serious damage to the transaxle hicle is on any unpaved surface to avoid dam- or the 4WD system. ! CAUTION: <Front> chain or strap to one of the towing hooks under o The 4WD vehicle should never be towed the front/rear of your vehicle. age to your vehicle.3 WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY 14 D080D02O-AAT For emergency towing when no commercial EMERGENCY TOWING tow vehicle is available. be sure the transaxle is in neutral and the key is in "ACC" (with the engine off) or in the "ON" position (with the engine running). Before towing. attach a tow cable. take care not to Nor should towing be attempted if the wheels. D080C03JM o Do not tow with sling type truck as this may cause damage to the bumper or underbody of the vehicle. A driver must be in the towed vehicle Towing Hooks to steer it and operate the brakes. Be very careful with the wheels on the ground. o When towing the vehicle. drive train. HJM4022 NOTE: To avoid serious damage to your 4WD ve- <Rear> hicle. aged. Towing Hook HJM4023 . limit the towing to 10 mph and not for more than 1 mile at ANY TIME. axles. steering or brakes are dam- body of the vehicle.

If you lock the keys inside your car and you cannot obtain a new key. . WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY 3 IF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYS 15 D120A01A-AAT If you lose your keys. many Hyundai dealers can make you a new key if you have your key number. many Hyundai dealers can use special tools to open the door for you.

.................................................................. 4-2 To Help Prevent Corrosion ......... 4-5 4 4 .................................... 4-3 Cleaning the Interior ...................................................................CORROSION PREVENTION & APPEARANCE CARE Corrosion Protection ......... 4-2 Washing and Waxing ................

o If you live in a high-corrosion area — where larly when temperatures are just above freez. Some of the Hyundai produces cars of the highest quality. the corrosive material is with industrial pollution. particu. Do a thorough job. dust control chemicals. stones. should take extra care to prevent corrosion. near the ocean. the fenders and other areas that are hidden sion of parts that are not properly ventilated so from view. hose off the underside of your car o Road salt. E010B01A-AAT sion is most likely to occur. areas The most common causes of corrosion on your ing. Water under high pressure and other materials. cor- Common Causes of Corrosion rosion is accelerated by high humidity. High-Corrosion Areas You can help prevent corrosion from getting sion If you live in an area where your car is regularly started by observing the following: By using the most advanced design and con. corrosion pro- struction practices to combat corrosion. o When cleaning underneath the car.4 CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE 2 CORROSION PROTECTION TO HELP PREVENT CORROSION E010A01A-AAT E010C01A-AAT E020A01A-AAT Protecting Your Hyundai from Corro. common causes of accelerated corrosion are However. abrasion or minor scrapes can still retain the moisture and promote corro. tection is particularly important. This applies not only to the steam are particularly effective in removing visible surfaces but particularly to the underside accumulated mud and corrosive materials. you car are: kept in contact with the car surfaces by mois. particular attention to the components under exposed to corrosion. Although the mud appears to be dry. acid rain. Attention to the underside of the car is particu- Moisture creates the conditions in which corro. it over. larly important. High temperatures can also accelerate corro. it is particularly important to keep your away will accelerate corrosion rather than car clean and free of mud or accumulations of prevent it. To achieve road salts. etc. For example. of the car. In such conditions. . E010D01A-AAT The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep Moisture Breeds Corrosion your car clean and free of corrosive materials. ocean air E020B01A-AAT the long-term corrosion resistance your and industrial pollution. to dry and holds moisture in contact with the the underside thoroughly when winter is o Removal of paint or protective coatings by vehicle. give and dents which leave unprotected metal sion. road salts are used. For all these the accumulated mud rather than washing it reasons. ture that is slow to evaporate. exposed to corrosive materials. the owner's cooperation and assistance is also required. just dampening the moisture can be dispersed. dirt and moisture that is allowed to Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slow at least once a month and be sure to clean accumulate underneath the car.—. Keep Your Car Clean Hyundai can deliver. In winter. this is only part of the job. gravel.

Air Keep Your Garage Dry Bird droppings : Bird droppings are highly cor. bare metal is showing through. gasoline. Don't use strong household flushed with clear water and thoroughly dried. . clean. detergents. Always remove bird droppings as allowed to remain in contact with the surface. Use a good Use particular care if you carry fertilizers. covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as pos. This creates a favorable environment soon as possible. pollution or acid rain may damage the paint and rosive and may damage painted surfaces in just trim through chemical action if pollutants are Don't park your car in a damp. These are available at your Hyundai dealer or ers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up. rocker E020D02A-AAT E030A01A-AAT panels and frame members. you live near the ocean or in an area where road for corrosion. you wash your car in the garage or drive it into the should pay particular attention to the underside garage when it is still wet or covered with snow. If the shade. of mud or corrosive materials. For stubborn spots. Wash your car frequently. of the car. or if you have driven ute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so Don't Neglect the Interior through mud or muddy water. dampen them frequently and remove them a little at a time. Moisture can collect under the floor mats and oughly clean the underside as well. and loose dirt. Dirt is abrasive and E020C02A-AAT can scratch the paint if it is not removed. the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended. Use a hard carpeting to cause corrosion. quality car-washing solution and follow the ing materials or chemicals in the car. Use a clean sponge or cloth. Even a heated garage can contrib. auto parts outlet. This is particularly true if you salts or dust control chemicals are used. Start by rinsing the car to remove dust E020E01A-AAT ice or mud. CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE 4 WASHING AND WAXING 3 o When cleaning lower door panels. be sure that Keep Paint and Trim in Good Condition Washing Your Hyundai drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to ac. rinse it frequently and don't damage the finish by rubbing too hard. manufacturer's directions on the package. In winter. from being in the sun. Check under the direct stream of water to remove accumulations mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry. strong solvents or abra- sive cleaning powders as these may damage the finish. poorly ventilated a few hours. be sure to thor- moisture is dispersed. These should be carried only in proper contain. Always wash your car in sible to reduce the possibility of corrosion. Scratches or chips in the finish should be Never wash your car when the surface is hot celerate corrosion. If garage.

If the paint has lost its luster. spreads out over a larger area. dry the car using a damp chamois sive cleaning agents. Soak the spot and rub gently. accumulated dirt. this can To remove dead insects or tree sap.4 CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE 4 To clean whitewall tires. be sure to give industrial precipitation. To protect the paintwork of the car To clean plastic wheel covers. use a stiff brush or If you find any nicks or scratches in the paint. The reason for drying finish of the car. use a mild stances on the underside of the splashboards and follow the manufacturer's directions on the soap or neutral detergent. mud and other sub. result. use a mild car washing solu- tion. (at least once a month). strong solvents or corro- After rinsing. To remove road tar. cleaning. be sure to rinse thoroughly. E030B01A-AAT you may find it necessary to rinse each section Spot Cleaning immediately after washing to avoid streaking. Never allow the solution water no longer beads on a clean surface but soapy water dries on the finish. when not removed immediately. Do not use abrasive of the car. Don't use gasoline. wax. dry without water spots. can be caused by small accumulation of tar. bird droppings. Use a good quality commercial product To clean cast aluminum alloy wheels. tree resin. Polish and wax the bright trim pieces cleaners. These can damage the or soft. . When the weather is warm and the humidity low. absorbent cloth. use touch-up paint to cover them to prevent Polishing and Waxing corrosion. Give special attention or waxing or using a combination cleaner and to the removal of salt. streaking will to dry on the painted surfaces. Because alumi. water and mild soap or car-washing solution. insects and aluminum alloy wheels special attention in win. Be gentle. Don't rub. you must clean your Hyundai Always wash and dry the car before polishing sponge or soft cloth and water. Protect the bare-metal surfaces by underside of the doors are open. clean the If water alone is not strong enough to remove the When to Wax Again wheels thoroughly afterwards. use a commercial car-cleaning polish. num is subject to corrosion. Be sure to rinse the surface after washing You should polish and wax the car again when After washing. Make sure that the outlets and the container. polishing and waxing. E030C01A-AAT soapy steel-wool scouring pad. use a clean against corrosion. use warm damage the finish. If to remove the solution. use the car is to remove water from the car so it will turpentine on a clean. Paint damage as well as the paint. If you drive on salted roads. E030D01A-AAT ter. soft cloth.

For example. first remove loose (If installed) serve the appearance of the bumpers on your dirt and dust with a vacuum cleaner. If you with a clean damp sponge or cloth. They are made of soft plastic and the line. temperature paint booth. years of wear. Use warm water lustrous. paint thinner or other strong clean. until the upholstery is clean. beautiful and ensure you have many and mild soap or car-washing solution. This dust and dirt must be cleaned off or it o Be careful not to spill battery electrolyte or stay on the surface to loosen the dirt. If all the dirt ing damage. do. leather upholstered Hyundai. Thoroughly wash the leather. Do this as often as the leather becomes soiled. if you have your car soap and lukewarm water. Washing leather thoroughly surface can be damaged if mistreated. when necessary. Oil applied to the finished surface will in no way help the leather and may do more harm than good. Do not use gaso. with a slightly damp cloth and dry with soft cloth. Fine leather needs care. solvent. do not leave the bumpers on the lather. They are: a solution of mild soap or detergent and water surfaces will. o Do not expose the bumpers to high tem. To clean the vinyl upholstery. Do ers. work up a good repainted. Take a piece of cheese cloth and using any mild peratures. Wipe clean car if the car is going to be placed in a high. then wipe may work into the surface of the leather. and should be cleaned faces. Then apply In the normal course of use. During tanning operations. sufficient oils are incorporated through processing that none need be applied during the life of the leather. caus- hydraulic brake fluid on the bumpers. repeat this procedure o Be gentle when cleaning the bumper sur. stains are not removed. like any material. Varnishes and furniture polishes should never be used under any conditions. pick-up dust and using a clean sponge or soft cloth. Allow this to dirt. CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE 4 CLEANING THE INTERIOR 5 E030E01A-AAT E040A01A-AAT E040B01A-AAT Maintaining Bumpers To Clean the Vinyl Upholstery To Clean the Leather Upholstery Special precautions must be observed to pre. wash it off immediately with clear water. with soap and water will keep your leather not use abrasive cleaners. .

Read the instructions and side of the rear window be careful not to damage follow them exactly. . These cleaners work best when the carpet is kept as dry as possible. remove as much dirt from the carpets as possible.4 CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE 6 ANY QUESTIONS? E040C01A-AAT E040E01A-AAT E050A01A-AAT Cleaning the Carpets Cleaning the Windows If you have any questions about the care of your Use a foam-type carpet cleaner. then rub in overlapping circles. Do not add water. Do not use strong detergents. consult your Hyundai dealer. However. with the appropriate attachment. use a cloth or sponge with mild soap or detergent and warm water. Cleaners of You may use any household window cleaner on car. this type are available in aerosol cans in liquid the windows. dye. While cleaning the belts. cuts. Apply the foam following the manufacturer's direc- tions. inspect them for ex- cessive wear. when cleaning the in- form or powder. Using a vacuum cleaner the rear window defroster wiring. bleach or abra- sive materials on the seat belts as this may weaken the fabric. fraying or other signs of damage and replace them if necessary. E040D01A-AAT Cleaning the Seat Belts To clean the seat belts.

... 5-2 Scheduled Maintenance ................................................ 5-6 Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Items ................ 5-7 5 5 ....................VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Maintenance Intervals ........... 5-4 Maintenance under Severe Usage Conditions .............................

. those that o General checks intervals shown in the maintenance schedule to are required are of the utmost importance. formed. parts be used for any required repairs or re- placements. can be divided into three main areas: adjustments and replacements that are listed in certain maintenance procedures must be per. Although it is strongly recommended that they nance procedures performed to comply with be performed by the trained technicians at your the terms of the warranties covering your new Hyundai dealer. your new vehicle provides further information It is suggested that genuine Hyundai service about these warranties. engine coolant. of miles of satisfying operation from your Hyundai. o Do-it-yourself maintenance assure that your warranty remains in effect. It is your responsibility to have these mainte. the maintenance charts starting on page 5-4. o Specified scheduled procedures These procedures must be performed at the ing have reduced these to a minimum. brake fluid and so on which are not supplied by Hyundai Motor Company or its distributor may be used without affecting your warranty coverage but you should always be sure these are equivalent to the quality of the original Hyundai parts. these procedures may be per- Hyundai. Your Owner's Hand- book provides further information about your warranty coverage. manual or auto transaxle oil. The Owner's Handbook supplied with formed at any qualified service facility. Although careful design and engineer.5 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS 2 MAINTENANCE INTERVALS F010A01A-AAT F010B01A-AAT F010C01A-AAT Service Requirements Maintenance Requirements Specified Scheduled Procedures To ensure that you receive the greatest number The maintenance required for your Hyundai These are the procedures such as inspections. Other parts of equivalent quality such as engine oil.

items. you may find it helpful to have tenance intervals. document that the required procedures have o Receipts for all emission control system been performed to keep your warranties in services should be retained to demonstrate effect. see Section 6. A copy of o For severe usage maintenance require- so. .000 o If you choose to do your own maintenance km). VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS 5 3 F010D02A-AAT F010F01A-AAT F020A02Y-AAT General Checks A Few Tips SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE These are the regular checks you should per. see page 5-6 of this section. you can inspect and service a number of this publication may be purchased at your ments. Do-It-Yourself Maintenance Hyundai dealer. o Whenever you have your Hyundai serviced. REQUIREMENTS form when you drive your Hyundai or you fill the keep copies of the service records in your o Inspection should be performed any time a fuel tank. page 6-4. that are required and want to take the time to do an official Hyundai Shop Manual. own a few tools and repairs. This is especially important when compliance with conditions of the emissions F010E01A-AAT service is not performed by an authorized system warranty. A list of these items will be found on glovebox. self.000 miles (240. o After 120 months or 150. continue to follow the prescribed main- If you are mechanically inclined. For more information about doing it your- Hyundai dealer's parts department. This will help ensure that you can malfunction is experienced or suspected.

5 45 52. Where both mileage and time are shown.2. adjust.5 90 97.5 135 142.0L R R SPARK PLUGS (IRIDIUM COATED) . FUEL HOSES AND CONNECTIONS I I I I I 4 VACUUM HOSES I I 5 CRANKCASE VENTILATION HOSE I I I I I 6 VAPOR HOSE AND FUEL FILLER CAP I I I I I 7 AIR CLEANER FILTER R R R R R 8 AIR FILTER-CANISTER I R I R I R I R I R 9 SPARK PLUGS (PLATINUM COATED) . Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty.5 30 37.5 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS 4 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE F030A01A-AAT The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance.5 75 82.5 60 67.0L only) I I .5 150 No.7L R: 100.5 105 112. clean. MILES X 1000 7. repair or replace if necessary.5 120 127.2. the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.5 15 22.000 miles / 120 months 10 VALVE CLEARANCE (2. DESCRIPTION KILOMETERS X 1000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 204 216 228 240 MONTHS 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120 EMISSION CONTROL ITEMS 1 ENGINE OIL AND FILTER R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R 2 FUEL FILTER R R 3 FUEL LINES. after Inspection. F030B02JM-AAT R :Replace I : Inspect and.

LINKAGE & BOOTS / LOWER ARM I I I I I I I I I I BALL JOINT 13 POWER STEERING PUMP.000 miles (40.5 90 97. after inspection.500 miles (20.5 45 52.7L) (See Note (2).000 miles (100. whichever occurs first : "I" For every 72 months or 56. CALIPERS AND ROTORS I I I I I I I I I I 10 EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER I I I I I I I I I I 11 SUSPENSION MOUNTING BOLTS I I I I I I I I I I 12 STEERING GEAR BOX.5 60 67.000 km).000 km) (5) For every 12 months or 12. W/PUMP) See Note (1) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 2.5 75 82.000 km).5 30 37. repair or replace if necessary MILES X 1000 7.000 km) whichever occurs first :"R" .000 miles (40. clean.7 V6 (ALT. BOLT RETIGHTEN (4WD) I I I I I I I I I I 19 AIR CONDITIONER FILTER See Note (5) Note : (1) When replace drive belt and inspect water pump.5 120 127. VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS 5 5 F030C02JM-AAT R : Replace I : Inspect and.0 DOHC (ALT.2.000 km)and replace every 62.0 L) 4 MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL I I I I I 5 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID I I I I I I R I I I 6 BRAKE FLUID I I I I I 7 BRAKE HOSES AND LINES I I I I I I I I I I 8 REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS. P/STR'G.5 15 22. whichever occurs first : "R" (3) Inspect every 25.5 150 No.000 km).5 135 142. BELT AND HOSES I I I I I 14 DRIVESHAFTS AND BOOTS I I I I I I I I I I 15 AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERANT I I I I I I I I I I 16 TRANSFER CASE OIL (4WD) See Note (3) 17 REAR AXLE OIL (4WD) See Note (4) 18 PROPELLAR SHAFT CLEAN.5 105 112. adjust.200 miles (60. (4) lnspect every 25.000 miles (90. (2) For every 48 months or 37. A/CON) I I I I I 2 COOLANT R R R R R 3 TIMING BELT (WHEN REPLACE TIMING BELT AND INSPECT I R I R I WATER PUMP : 2. PARKING BRAKE I I I I I 9 BRAKE PADS. DESCRIPTION KILOMETERS X 1000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 192 204 216 228 240 MONTHS 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120 GENERAL ITEMS 1 DRIVE BELT 2.

D.200 KM) I/R C. F MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL R EVERY 60. G (WHEN REPLA CE TIMING BELT and INSPECT WATER PUMP : 2. TRANSFER CASE OIL (4WD) *1 R EVERY 25. C. D. downhill. I. or mountain road B . Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F(32°C) ture or less than 10miles(16km) in freezing temperature G.000 MILES (80. LINKAGE & BOOTS/ LOWER ARM BALL JOINT I MORE FREQUENTLY C.000 MILES (40.7L) REPLACE EVERY 40.000 KM) C. G. H BRAKE PADS. F.000 MILES (48. I *1. Driving over 100 MPH(170 Km/h) cold weather K. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. F. or using a camper.5 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS 6 MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS F040A02JM-AAT The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. K TIMING BELT INSPECT EVERY 20. D. I REAR AXLE OIL (4WD) *1 R EVERY 50.500 MILES (12. I AIR CONDITIONER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C. G. after inspection. PARKING BRAKE I MORE FREQUENTLY C.000MILES (32. J AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 30. G. E. G.000 KM) OR 6 MONTHS C.Driving on rough.400 KM) AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C. other commercial use or vehicle towing D . Driving on uphill. H. Driving in sandy areas A . taxi.000 KM) C. G. CALIPERS AND ROTORS I MORE FREQUENTLY C. Driving as a patrol car. unpaved.000 KM) A. clean. C. or roof rack C . E. G. E. H REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS/PADS.Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances H. C. H. adjust.000MILES (64. dusty.Repeatly driving short distance of less than 5miles(8km) in normal tempera F. F. Transfer case Oil ended Rear Axle Oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water. I. repair or replace if necessary MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM OPERATION INTERVALS CONDITION ENGINE OIL AND FILTER R EVERY 3. D. R : Replace I : Inspect and. H STEERING GEAR BOX. SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS E.Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very J. graveled or salt-spread roads I . G DRIVESHAFTS AND BOOTS I EVERY 7. E. E SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY B. E. E.000 MILES (96. muddy. F. B. G. Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions .800 KM) OR 3 MONTHS A. F.000 MILES (4. D. H.000 KM) A. Towing a Trailer. E.

Hard and The engine oil and filter should be changed at the replace if necessary. cuts. Particular attention should be paid to examine tions. cracking. parts immediately. tears. sources. checked periodically for proper tension and and excessive swelling indicate deterioration. more frequent oil and filter changes are those hose surfaces nearest to high heat required. hoses do not come in contact with any heat source. damage the emission technician replace any damaged or leaking secure. should be replaced immediately if there is any sive amount of foreign matter accumulates in evidence of deterioration or damage. Fuel Hoses and Connec. the filter may require replacement more frequently. intervals specified in the maintenance sched. Hoses system and cause hard starting. Have a trained clamps and couplings. excessive wear or oil saturation and heat and/or mechanical damage. adjusted as necessary. If an exces. Fuel filters should be installed by trained technicians. F060D01A-AAT Inspect the hose routing to assure that the o Fuel Lines. run the engine for several minutes. sharp edges or moving component F060C01A-AAT tions which might cause heat damage or mechanical o Fuel Filter wear. and that no leaks are present. . Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of o Engine Oil and Filter cracks. VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS 5 EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS 7 F060A01A-AAT F060B01A-AAT F060F01O-AAT o Drive Belts o Vacuum Hoses F060M01A-AAT Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts. After installing a new filter. Inspect all hose connections. to make sure they are vehicle may be driven. fuel hoses and connec- A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the tions for leakage and damage. ule. such as Check the fuel lines. and check for leaks at the connections. Drive belts should be brittle rubber. the fuel tank. If the car is being driven in severe condi. abrasions. such as the exhaust manifold.

when adding or changing fluid. cracks. sharp edges or moving component which might o Automatic Transaxle Fluid and Filter cause heat damage or mechanical wear. rubber. . Using o Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler Cap o Coolant the wrong ATF may result in damage to the The coolant should be changed at the intervals ATM. and at normal operating temperature. In. o Brake Hoses and Lines placed. The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the specified in the maintenance schedule. the maintenance schedule. Par- F060J01A-AAT NOTE: ticular attention should be paid to examine that If the oil level is low. tears. Check the that no leaks are present. F060E01A-AAT The fluid level should be in the "HOT" range of spect all hose connections. such as the exhaust manifold. deterioration and any leakage. Hose should be Inspect all parts related to the timing belt for damage and deformation. parking brake properly applied. with the deterioration or damage. automatic transaxle fluid level with the engine replaced immediately if there is any evidence of running and the transaxle in neutral. abrasions. check for possible leaks hose surface nearest to high heat sources. cuts. maintenance schedule.5 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS 8 F065F01O-AAT F060H01A-AAT F070D01A-AAT o Crankcase Ventilation Hose o Air Cleaner Filter o Manual Transaxle Oil Inspect the surface of hose for evidence of heat A Genuine Hyundai air cleaner filter is recom. aged parts immediately. Do not overfill. Inspect the manual transaxle oil according to and/or mechanical damage. and excessive swelling indicate deterioration. Make sure to install new spark plugs of the Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hose correct heat range.. chafing. Use HYUNDAI GENUINE ATF SP III. Replace any dam. Make sure that a new F070F01A-AAT vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly re. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immedi- ately. to make sure they are secure. after the engine and transaxle are couplings. o Spark Plugs before adding oil. such as clamps and o Timing Belt the dipstick. Visually check for proper installation. cracking. Hard and brittle mended when the filter is replaced. DIAMOND ATF SP III. SK F070C01A-AAT ATF SP III or other brands approved by Hyundai F060G01A-AAT Motor Co. F070E04A-AAT does not come in contact with any heat source.

cessive wear. ex- or DOT 4. Use Start the engine and listen carefully for any leaking parts immediately. VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS 5 9 F070G02A-AAT F070K01A-AAT F070N01A-AAT o Brake Fluid o Exhaust Pipe and Muffler o Power Steering Pump. cracks. Inspect the power only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 exhaust gas leakage. o Steering Gear Box. Visually inspect the exhaust pipes. Tighten connections or steering belt for evidence of cuts. Retighten to the specified Check the drive shafts. cracks. run out and wear. Replace or adjust it if necessary. leaking fluid. Calipers and Rotors Check the linkage for bends or damage. leakage and damage. or damage. F070H01O-AAT F070L01A-AAT o Rear Brake Discs and Linings/ o Suspension Mounting Bolts F070P01A-AAT Parking Brake o Driveshafts and Boots Check the suspension connections for loose- Check the rear brake discs and linings for ness or damage. and calipers for fluid leakage. deterioration. boots and clamps for scoring. muffler and Check the power steering pump and hoses for voir. Linkage & Boots/ Lower Arm Ball Joint F070Q01A-AAT o Air Conditioning Refrigerant With the vehicle stopped and engine off. or damage. Inspect the parking brake damaged parts and. parts. or damage. For detailed service procedures. check F070J01A-AAT Check the air conditioning lines and connec- for excessive free-play in the steering wheel. discs for cracks. Replace any damaged or "MAX" marks on the side of the reservoir. if necessary. . burning. F070M01A-AAT cables. replace parts as necessary. Belt and Hoses Check brake fluid level in the brake fluid reser. Check tions for leakage and damage. Replace any and excessive wear. broken parts. ditioning performance according to the relevant Check the pads for excessive wear. refer to the Shop Manual. Check air con- the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration. o Brake Pads. The level should be between "MIN" and hangers for cracks. Replace any damaged shop manual if necessary. deterioration. torque. repack the system including the parking brake lever and grease. oiliness and proper tension.

........... 6-16 6 Air Conditioning Care ................................... 6-15 Checking the Clutch Fluid ........................................................................................................................................... 6-6 Checking and Changing the Engine Coolant ..... 6-18 Checking the Free-play ...................... 6-21 Checking and Replacing Fuses ....... 6-8 Spark Plugs ................................ 6-10 6 Changing the Air Cleaner Filter .............................. 6-24 Replacement of Light Bulbs ........................................................ 6-11 Checking the Transaxle Oil (Manual) ........................................................................................ 6-35 ...... 6-23 Power Steering Fluid Level ............. 6-34 Fuse Panel Description ...................................................................................... 6-14 Checking the Brakes ............................... DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE Engine Compartment ............................................................... 6-2 General Checks ...................................................................................... 6-21 Checking the Battery ..................................... 6-4 Checking the Engine Oil .............. 6-17 Changing the Air Conditioner Filter .............. 6-26 Bulb Wattage .......................................................... 6-19 Checking Drive Belts ................................... 6-13 Checking the Transaxle Fluid (Automatic) ......................... 6-5 Changing the Oil and Filter .............

G010A01JM 1.7 Gasoline) ! CAUTION: When inspecting or servicing the engine. Power steering fluid reservoir 5. Engine oil filler cap 11. Air cleaner 7. Automatic transaxle fluid level dipstick (Ve- 2.6 DO-IT-YOURSELFMAINTENANCE 2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT G010A01JM-GAT (2. Brake & Clutch fluid reservoir 6. Engine oil level dipstick hicle with Automatic Transaxle) 3. Battery . you should handle tools and other heavy objects carefully so that the plastic cover of the engine is not damaged. Coolant reservoir cap 10. Radiator cap 4. Fuse and Relay box 8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 9.

Battery . Radiator cap 4. Automatic transaxle fluid level dipstick 2. Windshield washer fluid reservoir (Vehicle with Automatic Transaxle) 3. you should handle tools and other heavy objects carefully so that the plastic cover of the engine is not damaged. Power steering fluid reservoir 5.0 Gasoline) ! CAUTION: When inspecting or servicing the engine. Coolant reservoir cap 11. Brake & Clutch fluid reservoir 7. Engine oil level dipstick 10. Air cleaner 8. Fuse and Relay box 9. G010B01JM 1. DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 3 G010B01JM-AAT (2. Engine oil filler cap 6.

. including parking brake o Air filter condition o Manual transaxle operation. if installed) o Accessory drive belt condition o Paint condition and body corrosion o Steering operation and condition o Engine coolant hose condition o Fluid leaks o Mirror condition and operation o Fluid leaks (on or below components) o Door and hood lock condition o Turn signal operation o Power steering fluid level o Tire pressure and condition o Accelerator pedal operation o Battery condition (including spare tire) o Brake operation. inspect it carefully and seek assistance from your Hyundai dealer if service is needed.6 DO-IT-YOURSELFMAINTENANCE 4 GENERAL CHECKS G020A01A-AAT G020B01A-AAT G020C01A-AAT Engine Compartment Vehicle Exterior Vehicle Interior The following should be checked regularly: The following should be checked monthly: The following should be checked each time when the vehicle is driven: o Engine oil level and condition o Overall appearance and condition o Transaxle fluid level and condition o Wheel condition and wheel nut torque o Lights operation o Brake fluid level o Exhaust system condition o Windshield wiper operation o Clutch fluid level o Light condition and operation o Horn operation o Engine coolant level o Windshield glass condition o Defroster. heating system operation (and air o Windshield washer fluid level o Wiper blade condition conditioning. including clutch operation o Automatic transaxle operation. including "Park" mechanism operation o Seat control condition and operation o Seat belt condition and operation o Sunvisor operation If you notice anything that does not operate correctly or appears to be functioning correctly.

G030B01O-AAT Recommended Oil G030C01JM Before checking the oil. Turn the engine off. ILSAC GF-3 engine oil is not available. ! WARNING: ILSAC GF-3 or ABOVE Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you. DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL 5 G030A01A-AAT NOTE: G030C01JM-AAT Engine oil is essential to the performance and o For good fuel economy. Then note the highest level the oil has reached on the dipstick. To Check the Oil Level service of the engine. Wait five minutes . secondary recommended engine oil for corresponding tempera- ture range can be used. then remove the dipstick. ILSAC GF-3 engine oil is preferred DOHC V6 check the oil level at least once a week in normal regardless of regional option and en- use and more often if you are on a trip or driving gine variation. in severe conditions. warm up the engine to the normal operating temperature and be sure your car is parked on level ground. SAE 5W-20 (5W. It should be between G030B01JM-U the upper ("FULL") and lower ("LOW") range. o If SAE 5W-20. . fully reinsert the dipstick and withdraw it again. It is suggested that you 30). API SJ. The engine oil quality should meet the following classification. SL or ABOVE. wipe it off.

more frequent oil and filter 1. as follows: 3. Add oil. To add oil: schedule in Section 5. Park the car on level ground and set the The distance between the "F" and "L" marks is parking brake. warm up until the needle on the coolant temperature gauge moves above the lowest mark. Replace the cap by turning it clockwise. then check the level again. Turn the engine off and place the gear selector lever in "P" (automatic) or reverse gear (manual transaxle).6 DO-IT-YOURSELFMAINTENANCE 6 CHANGING THE OIL AND FILTER G030D01JM-AAT G040A01JM-AAT Adding Oil DOHC V6 ! WARNING: DOHC V6 Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you. changes are required. 2. Start the engine and let it equal to about 1 quart of oil. 1. Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counter. . If the car is being driven in severe conditions. those intervals specified in the maintenance add oil until it reaches the "F" mark. Do not The procedure for changing the oil and filter is overfill. G040A01GK G030D01JM The engine oil and filter should be changed at If the oil level is close to or below the "L" mark. clockwise.

Open the hood and remove the engine oil 6.5 kgf. 5. environmentally acceptable manner. Lubricate skin for prolonged periods of time. It is suggested that it be placed in a sealed container and taken to a service station for reclamation. So be sure to Always dispose of used engine oil in an have your drain pan in place underneath it.m) Be sure that the mounting Used engine oil may cause irritation or a wrench of the proper size.5 ~ 4. Start the engine and check to be sure no oil is leaking from the drain plug or oil filter. A certain amount of oil will come out NOTE: when you remove the filter.m (2. Install a new oil filter in accordance with the filler cap. 10.0L) 9. Slide underneath the car and loosen the Do not over-tighten. Refill the crankcase with the recommended engine oil. Al- 7. 3. caused cancer in laboratory animals. clockwise with a oil filter wrench of the proper size.7L) 4.5 kgf. instructions on the carton or on the filter itself. Be sure that a surface on the engine is clean and that the cancer of the skin if left in contact with the drain pan is in position to catch the oil as it old gasket is removed completely.2 ~ 1. Used drains out. Do not overfill! Engine damage may occur if overfilled. ways protect your skin by washing your ! WARNING: 8. DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 7 2. Do not pour the oil on the ground or put it in with the household trash. Oil pan drain plug tightening torque: 3. as it may be hot enough to burn you! 4. a funnel. Refer to the specification in chap- hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling Be very careful when draining the engine oil ter 9 for engine oil capacity.Shut off the engine and recheck the oil level. .0 ~ 4. Remove the engine oil level dipstick. Remove the oil filter by turning it counter. (Tightening torque : ! PROPOSITION 65 WARNING: drain plug by turning it counterclockwise with 1. replace ! CAUTION: the drain plug using a new washer and Slowly pour the recommended oil using by retighten by turning it clockwise.m (2.6 kgf. the new gasket on the filter with clean engine engine oil contains chemicals that have oil before installation. When the oil has stopped draining. then remove the drain plug. used oil.

the not be used. If the level 5 (-15) 35% 65% is below the "L" mark. Do not antifreeze to exceed the 60% level or go below remove the radiator cap until the radiator is the 35% level. . The level of the cool- temperature Antifreeze Water ant should be between the "L" and "F" lines on °F (°C) solution the reservoir when the engine is cool. When the engine is hot. G050C01JM Ambient Engine Coolant concentration The coolant level can be seen on the side of the plastic coolant reservoir. The engine coolant should be compatible with aluminum engine parts. The cooling system must be engine coolant is under pressure and may maintained with the correct concentration and erupt through the opening if the cap is type of engine coolant to prevent freezing and removed. If the level is low. or damage to the cooling system cool to the touch. For proper concentration when adding or replacing the engine coolant. may result. Do not remove the radiator cap when the Additional corrosion inhibitors or additives should engine is hot. visit -49 (-45) 60% 40% your Hyundai dealer for an inspection and diagnosis of the reason. You could be seriously burned if corrosion.6 DO-IT-YOURSELFMAINTENANCE 8 CHECKING AND CHANGING THE ENGINE COOLANT G050A01A-AAT G050B01A-AAT G050C01A-AAT Recommended Engine Coolant To Check the Coolant Level Use a high quality ethylene-glycol coolant in a ! WARNING: 50/50 mix with water. -13 (-25) 40% 60% inspect for coolant leaks and recheck the fluid -31 (-35) 50% 50% level frequently. Never allow the concentration of you do not observe this precaution. add engine coolant to bring it up between "L" and "F". If the level drops again. refer to the following table.

Then. ! WARNING: The cooling fan is controlled by engine coolant temperature and may sometimes operate even when the engine is not run- ning. . set the park. check to be sure the drain cocks are fully closed and not leaking. Use extreme caution when working near the blades of the coolant fan so that you are not injured by a rotating fan blade. cooling system in your car. If you spill engine coolant on the 4. ing brake and remove the radiator cap when 5. This is a normal condition. As the engine coolant temperature de- HJM5034 creases. wash it off thoroughly with clean water. the fan will automatically shut off. Replace the radiator and reservoir caps and neck. water and then add coolant to the reservoir ineralized or distilled water in small quantities until the level is between "L" and "F". Park the car on level ground. Check Section 9 for the capacity of the car. DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 9 G050D02A-AAT 2. 3. your car. add the appropriate quan. Be sure your drain receptacle is in place. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise with- To Change the Engine Coolant out pressing down on it. Start the engine. And remove the radiator cap by intervals specified in the vehicle maintenance pushing down and turning counterclock- schedule in Section 5. G050D01JM 1. top off the radiator with cool. tity of coolant to the radiator. distilled water. Allow all ! CAUTION: the engine coolant to drain from the cooling Engine coolant can damage the finish of system. then securely close the drain cock. following the manufacturer's directions on the engine coolant container. until the fluid level stays up in the radiator 7. This relieves any pressure remaining in the cool- The engine coolant should be changed at those ing system. wise. until it stops. Fill the radiator with clean demineralized or 6. Continue to add clean dem. Open the drain cock on the radiator.

7 IFR5G-11 (NGK) schedule in Section 5 or whenever engine (Iridium Coated) performance indicates they should be changed.6 DO-IT-YOURSELFMAINTENANCE 10 SPARK PLUGS G060B01JM-AAT G060C01JM-AAT Recommended Spark Plugs: Replacing the Spark Plugs Changing the Spark Plugs REMARK TYPE The spark plugs should be changed at the intervals specified in the vehicle maintenance 2. The use of other spark plugs can result in loss of perfor- mance. This helps avoid getting the wires should be changed by an authorized mixed up. genuine Hyundai replacement parts are recom.0L PFR5N-11(NGK) mance include engine misfiring under load. 2. radio interference or engine damage.0L) on the engine rocker cover. 2. not the cable. To remove the spark plug cable. loss (Platinum Coated) RC10YPB4 (CHAMPION) of fuel economy. You will find it easier to change spark plugs if the mended. Using a clean cloth. etc. Remove the center cover (2. poor acceleration. pull straight up on the insulated connector.7 L) o Do not clean or regap spark plugs. NOTE: G060C01JM o When replacing the spark plug. remove any dirt that has accumulated around the base of the spark plug so it cannot fall into the cylinder when the spark plug is removed. always use spark plugs recommended by Hyundai. When spark plugs are replaced. Always change one spark plug o It is recommended that the spark plug at a time. Pulling on the cable may damage the carbon core conductor. 1. engine is cold. (2. Hyundai dealer. Symptoms that suggest poor spark plug perfor. . 3.

the old filter removed and the new filter put It is recommended that the engine be cool NOTE: in its place. Replace the cable by pushing the insulated connector directly down onto the electrode. plug. If Spark plugs should be tightened to speci. 7. Also. guide the socket down over the spark engine wear. Genuine Hyundai Replacement or cold when changing the spark plugs. unsnap the clips around the ! WARNING: G060C03JM cover. leaving them too loose can cause the spark plug to get very hot and possibly ! CAUTION: result in damage to the engine. To remove the old spark plug. Over-tightening can damage the on the insulated connector. o When removing the air cleaner filter. or the engine itself. age to the air cleaner filter. careful that dust or dirt does not enter 5. being careful not to damage the ce. tion. o Operating your vehicle without a proper 4. the air intake. When preparing to remove the old spark air filter in place can result in excessive plug. the engine is hot. turn the Check to be sure it has snapped into place and can't fall off. G060C02JM HJM5038 To change the filter. you could burn yourself fication. the cover can be lifted off. Parts are recommended. These may result in dam- wrench handle in a counterclockwise direc. being careful not to damage the ceramic insulator. be ramic insulator. DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER 11 FILTER 6. To install the new spark plug. the spark plug threads in the aluminum cylinder head. . When this is done. guide the G070A01E-AAT socket down over the spark plug.

more frequent use. ! CAUTION: o Do not operate the wipers on dry glass. quarts (3. o The washer should not be operated if the washer reservoir is empty. The capacity of the washer reservoir is 3. To clean A good quality washer fluid should be used to fill the wiper blades and arms. replace them with genuine Hyundai re. gasoline. checked more frequently during inclement If the wipers continue to streak or smear the weather or whenever the washer system is in glass. This can dam- age the washer fluid pump. use a clean sponge the washer reservoir.6 DO-IT-YOURSELFMAINTENANCE 12 WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES FILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIR G080A02A-AAT G090A01JM-AAT ! CAUTION: o Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant) should not be used in the washer system because it will damage the car's finish. HJM5032 G090A01JM The wiper blades should be carefully inspected The washer fluid reservoir supplies fluid to the from time to time and cleaned to remove accu. front and rear washer systems. o Keep the blade rubber out of contact with petroleum products such as engine oil. . This can result in more rapid wear of the wiper blades and may scratch the glass.4 Liters). placement parts or their equivalent.S. mulations of road film or other debris. The fluid level should be or cloth with a mild soap or detergent and water. etc.59 U.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 CHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OIL 13 (MANUAL) G100A02JM-AAT Park the car on level ground with the engine off. Manual Transaxle Oil Capacity G100B01L The oil capacity of the manual transaxle is 2. Recommended Oil Use only HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF 75W/85 (API GL-4) or EQUIVALENT in the manual transaxle. To refill the transaxle or bring the Drain plug oil level up. Replace the plug and washer. If it is not. Using a wrench of the correct size. . quarts (2. HJM5009 Transaxle lubricant in the manual transaxle should be checked at those intervals specified in the vehicle maintenance schedule in Section 5. The oil level should be at its bottom engine or exhaust parts. check for leaks before adding oil. you should exercise great 2. level when the engine is cool or cold. Use your finger or suitable tool to feel inside caution to avoid burning yourself on hot the hole.S. Do not overfill. edge. screw it in with To Check the Manual Transaxle Fluid your fingers and then tighten securely with Level the wrench. If the engine is hot. G100B02A-AAT 3.1 liters).add oil slowly until it reaches the proper level. loosen It is always better to check the transaxle oil the oil filler plug by turning it counterclock- Filler plug wise and remove it with your fingers. ! WARNING: 1.2 U.

6 DO-IT-YOURSELFMAINTENANCE
14 CHECKING THE TRANSAXLE
FLUID (AUTOMATIC)
G110A01E-AAT G110D02O-AAT

To Check the Transaxle Fluid Level
Transaxle fluid in the automatic transaxle should
be checked at those intervals specified in the ! CAUTION:
vehicle maintenance schedule in Section 5. Use of aftermarket ATF additives may cause
damage to the automatic transaxle. Only
NOTE: use HYUNDAI GENUINE ATF SP III, DIA-
Automatic transaxle fluid is basically red MOND ATF SP III, SK ATF SP III or other
color. As driving distance increases, the brands approved by Hyundai Motor Co., If
fluid color turns darkish red gradually. It is you are having your vehicle serviced at a
a normal condition and you should not facility other than a Hyundai dealer, verify
judge the need to replace based upon the ATF is used for your vehicle.
changing color.
You must replace the automatic transaxle
fluid in accordance with intervals specified G110C01JM-AAT
in the vehicle maintenance schedule in Transaxle Fluid Capacity
section 5. HJM3018
The fluid capacity of the automatic transaxle is Park the car on level ground with the parking
8.2 U.S. quarts (7.8 liters). brake engaged. When the transaxle fluid level
is checked, the transaxle fluid should be at
normal operating temperature and the engine
G110B04A-AAT ! WARNING: idling.
Recommended Fluid The transaxle fluid level should be checked
While the engine is idling, apply the brakes and
Your Hyundai automatic transaxle is specially when the engine is at normal operating
move the gear selector lever from "P" to each
designed to operate with HYUNDAI GENUINE temperature. This means that the engine,
of its other positions — "R", "N", "D" — and then
ATF SP III DIAMOND ATF SP-III SK ATF SP III radiator, exhaust system etc., are very hot
return to "N" or "P". With the engine still idling:
or other brands approved by Hundai Motor Co,. so you should exercise great care not to
Damage caused by a nonspecified fluid is not burn yourself during this procedure.
1. Open the hood, being careful to keep hands,
covered by your new vehicle limited warranty. long hair and clothing clear of any moving
parts.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
6
CHECKING THE BRAKES 15

G120A01A-AAT

! CAUTION:
Fluid level should be within "HOT" range Because brakes are essential to the safe
operation of the car, it is suggested that
they be checked and inspected by your
Hyundai dealer. The brakes should be
checked and inspected for wear at those
intervals specified in the vehicle mainte-
nance schedule in Section 5.

HJM5044
HJM5011

2. Remove the transaxle dipstick, wipe it clean, G120B01A-AAT
reinsert the dipstick as far as it will go, then
remove it again. Now check the fluid level on ! WARNING:
Checking the Brake Fluid Level
the dipstick. It should be in the "HOT" range
on the dipstick.
3. If the transaxle fluid level is low, use a funnel
The cooling fan is controlled by engine
coolant temperature and may sometimes ! WARNING:
operate even when the engine is not run- Use caution when handling brake fluid. It
to add transaxle fluid through the dipstick
ning. Use extreme caution when working can damage your vision if it gets into your
tube until the level reaches the "HOT" range.
near the blades of the cooling fan, so that eyes. It will also damage your vehicle's
Do not overfill.
you are not injured by a rotating fan blade. paint if spilled on it and not removed imme-
As the engine coolant temperature de- diately.
creases, the fan will automatically shut off.
This is a normal condition.

6 DO-IT-YOURSELFMAINTENANCE
16 CHECKING THE CLUTCH FLUID

G120C02A-AAT G120E02A-AAT G130A01A-AAT

Recommended Brake Fluid Adding Brake Fluid To Check the Clutch Fluid
Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to
DOT 3 or DOT 4 specifications in your braking
system. Follow the instructions printed on the ! WARNING:
container. Handle brake fluid carefully. It can damage
your vision if it gets into your eyes. Use only
DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid from a
sealed container. Do not allow the fluid can
G120D01A-AAT
or reservoir to remain open any longer than
To Check the Fluid Level required. This will prevent entry of dirt and
moisture which can damage the brake sys-
tem and cause improper operation.
To add brake fluid, first wipe away any dirt then
HJM5007
unscrew the fluid reservoir cap. Slowly pour the
recommended fluid into the reservoir. Do not The clutch fluid level in the master cylinder
overfill. Carefully replace the cap on the reser- should be checked when performing other un-
voir and tighten. der hood services. The system should be
checked for leakage at the same time. Check
to make certain that the clutch fluid level is
always between the "MAX" and "MIN" level
markings on the fluid reservoir. Fill as required.
Fluid loss indicates a leak in the clutch system
HJM5007
which should be inspected and repaired imme-
diately. Consult your Hyundai dealer.
The fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir should
be checked periodically. The level should be
between the "MIN" and "MAX" marks on the side
of the reservoir. If the level is at or below the
"MIN" mark, carefully add fluid to bring it up to
"MAX". Do not overfill.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
6
AIR CONDITIONING CARE 17

G130B02A-AAT G140A01A-AAT G140C01A-AAT

To Replace the Fluid Keeping the Condenser Clean Lubrication
Recommended brake fluid conforming to DOT The air conditioning condenser (and engine To lubricate the compressor and the seals in the
3 or DOT 4 specification should be used. The radiator) should be checked periodically for system, the air conditioning should be run for at
reservoir cap must be fully tightened to avoid accumulation of dirt, dead insects, leaves, etc. least 10 minutes each week. This is particularly
contamination from foreign matter or moisture. These can interfere with maximum cooling ef- important during cool weather when the air
ficiency. When removing such accumulations, conditioning system is not otherwise in use.
NOTE: brush or hose them away carefully to avoid
Do not allow any other liquids to contami- bending the cooling fans.
nate the brake fluid. Seal damage will result. G140D02A-AAT
Checking the Compressor Drive Belt

! WARNING:
G140B01A-AAT
Checking the Air Conditioning Opera-
DOHC CVVT V6

Use caution when handling brake fluid. It tion Water Pump Pulley Power steering
can damage your vision if you get it in your Auto
eyes. It will also damage your vehicle's 1. Start the engine and let it run at a fast idle for tensioner
0.2~0.24 in.
paint if spilled on it and not removed imme- several minutes with the air conditioning set (5~6 mm)
diately. at the maximum cold setting.
2. If the air coming out of the in-dash vents is
not cold, have the air conditioning system
inspected by your Hyundai dealer.
Alternator
COMP
! CAUTION:
Alternator Pulley
Crankshaft Pulley
Eng.pulley
G190A01GK

Running the air conditioning system for
extended periods of time with a low refrig-
erant level may damage the compressor.

6 DO-IT-YOURSELFMAINTENANCE
18 CHANGING THE AIR
CONDITIONER FILTER
When the air conditioning is being used regu- B145A02JM-GAT

larly, the compressor drive belt tension should (For Evaporator and Blower Unit)
be checked at least once a month with the (If Installed)
engine turned off.
To check the drive belt tension, press down on The air conditioner filter is located in front of the
the belt halfway between the engine crankshaft evaporator unit behind the glove box.
and compressor pulleys. Pressing with your It helps to decrease the amount of pollutants
finger, you should not be able to deflect this belt entering the car.
anymore than 1/3 of an inch. If the belt is too
loose, have it adjusted by your Hyundai dealer.

HJM2136

2. Lower the glove box down completely by
pushing the both sides of the glove box
inward.

HJM2133

1. Open the glove box and remove the support
strap through the hole.

HJM2134

have it inspected by your Hyundai dealer and adjusted or repaired if necessary. Use very light finger pressure and be sensitive noise or filter damage may result. Otherwise. If the free-play is greater than specified. the direction of the arrow sign. B145A01JM (30 mm) G150A01JM HJM2135 4. bly.18 in. . Remove the air conditioner filter by lifting it. stop the car with the wheels pointed straight ahead and 5. Be sure to install the air conditioner filter in gently move the steering wheel back and forth. Remove the air conditioner filter cover by G150A01A-AAT pressing both side's clips. to changes in resistance that mark the limits of the free-play. DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 CHECKING THE FREE-PLAY 19 3. Installation is the reverse order of disassem. ! CAUTION: To check the steering wheel free-play. STEERING WHEEL 1.

have it in- or repaired if necessary. have your pedal until you feel a change in resistance. using your hand. Then. have it If the brake pedal clearance is not within the inspected by your Hyundai dealer and adjusted limits specified in the illustration.24 ~ 0. . This is the brake pedal free-play.95 in. The brake pedal clear- tration.31 in. spected by your Hyundai dealer and adjusted or repaired if necessary. If it is not.51 in. press down slowly on 110 lbs (50 kg. If it is not. fied in the illustration above. press lightly on the clutch With the engine off.6 DO-IT-YOURSELFMAINTENANCE 20 CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL CLEARANCE G160A01A-AAT G170A01A-AAT G180A01A-AAT CLUTCH PEDAL FREE PLAY BRAKE PEDAL FREE PLAY 0. times and then hold it down with a force of about should be within the limits specified in the illus. 0. The free-play should be within the limits speci. This pedal several times to reduce the vacuum in the helper press down on the brake pedal several is the clutch pedal free-play. The free-play brake booster. floor mat. 490 N). press down on the brake clearance. With the engine running.12 ~ 0. have it inspected by your the brake pedal until you feel a change in ance is the distance from the top surface of the Hyundai dealer and adjusted or repaired if resistance. brake pedal to the asphalt sheeting under the necessary. (6 ~ 13 mm) (3 ~ 8 mm) 2. (75 mm) G180A01L G160A01HR G160A01HR You need a helper to check the brake pedal With the engine off.

At the A fusible link will melt if the electrical circuits from same time. create a fire hazard. If any of your car's lights or other electrical . there is no interference between the belts and have a Hyundai dealer determine the cause. DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 CHECKING DRIVE BELTS CHECKING AND REPLACING 21 FUSES G190A01A-AAT G200A03A-AAT Replacing a Fusible Link DOHC CVVT V6 ! CAUTION: Water Pump Pulley Power steering When replacing a fusible link. initial stretching after use. the battery are ever overloaded. Replace Good Alternator G200B01JM-AAT COMP Replacing Accessory Fuses Alternator Pulley Eng. HJM4002 The fuse box for the lights and other electrical accessories will be found on the left side of crash pad.pulley Crankshaft Pulley G190A01GK Drive belts should be checked periodically for G200A01JM proper tension and adjusted if necessary. repair the system and replace the fusible link.) If this ever happens. fraying or other evidence of deterioration ing damage to the entire wiring harness.24 in. After a belt is replaced. could be caused by a short in the system Belt routing should also be checked to be sure drawing too much current. belts should be examined for cracks. never use Auto anything but a new fusible link with the tensioner same or lower amperage rating. This could result in serious damage and Open. the new belt should be adjusted again after two The fusible links are located in a relay box in the or three weeks to eliminate slack resulting from engine compartement for easy inspection. other parts of the engine. Never use 0. Inside the box you will find a list showing the circuits protected by each fuse. (5~6 mm) a piece of wire or a higher-rated fusible link. (This and replaced if necessary. thus prevent- wear.2~0.

the problem is serious and 2. 4. you should be a snug fit. Be sure to check all other fuses even if you ity fuse could cause damage and create a find one that appears to have opened. Good Open-Replace G200B02L G200B01JM . Turn off the ignition and all other switches. Never replace a fuse (a small "fuse puller" tool is contained in the with anything except a fuse with the same fuse box to simplify this operation). or a lower amperage rating. If the fuse has opened. A higher capac- 3. diagnosis and repair. fuse and it blows as soon as the accessory 1. rarily get along without (the radio or cigarette is turned on. ! CAUTION: melted through. If you do not have a spare fuse. for example). you may be An open fuse indicates that there is a prob- follow this procedure: able to borrow a fuse of the same or lower lem in the electrical circuit. have the fuse will see that the metal strip inside the fuse has clip repaired or replaced by a Hyundai dealer. a blown (open) fuse fuse of the same rating into place. If you replace a rating from an accessory you can tempo. Replace the blown fuse by pressing a new NOTE: See page 6-35 for the fuse panel descrip- tions. If you suspect a blown fuse. If it is not. The fuse could be the reason. fire hazard.6 DO-IT-YOURSELFMAINTENANCE 22 accessories stop working. Open the fuse box and examine each fuse. lighter. Always remember to should be referred to a Hyundai dealer for Remove each fuse by pulling it toward you replace the borrowed fuse.

eat a raw egg or drink vegetable ! PROPOSITION 65 WARNING: oil. which is poisonous and highly o Keep children away from the area. sparks or smoking in The fluid in the battery contains a strong solution the area. corrosive. Always ob- serve these warnings to prevent injuries from known to the State of California to cause Batteries can be dangerous! When working cancer. After the rinse your eyes by using a sponge or soft battery terminals are dry. If you do spill battery fluid on yourself. Wash hands after handling. flush the G210B03A-AAT affected areas with water for at least 15 Checking the Battery minutes and then seek medical assistance. Batteries also contain other chemicals ! WARNING: they produce explosive gases. drink a large quantity of water or milk followed by milk of magnesia. o Do not permit flames. carefully observe the follow- ing precautions to avoid serious injuries. and related acces- possible. DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 CHECKING THE BATTERY 23 G210A01A-AAT o If battery fluid is on your skin. HJM5008 chemicals known to the State of California While batteries are being charged (either by a to cause cancer and reproductive harm. o Charge batteries only in a well ventilated area. of sulfuric acid. o If battery fluid is in your eyes. rinse out your Keep the battery clean. immediately do the following: . terminals. occurring: with batteries. battery charger or by the vehicle's generator). Any evidence of corro- eyes with water and get medical assistance sion around the battery posts or terminals as soon as possible. sories contain lead and lead compounds. cover them with a light cloth saturated with water. continue to hold baking soda and warm water. Get medical assistance as soon as Battery posts. coating of grease. Be careful not to spill it on yourself or the car. o If you swallow battery fluid. While you are being should be removed using a solution of house- driven to get medical assistance.

Checking Condenser Cooling Fan creases the fan will automatically shut off.6 DO-IT-YOURSELFMAINTENANCE 24 CHECKING ELECTRIC COOLING POWER STEERING FLUID LEVEL FANS G220A01A-AAT G220B01A-AAT G230A03A-AAT Checking Engine Cooling Fan ! WARNING: The engine cooling fan should come on auto- matically if the engine coolant temperature is The cooling fan is controlled by engine high. G220C01A-AAT As the engine coolant temperature de.4°F). so that you are not injured by a rotating fan blade. To check the power steering fluid level. there is no abnormal function in the system. be sure the engine is "OFF". then check to make certain that the power steering fluid level is between the "MAX" and "MIN" level markings on the fluid reservoir. If the noise stops during warm up. Use extreme caution when working near the blades of the cooling fan. This is a normal condition. G230A01JM The power steering fluid level should be checked regularly. It is due to a power steering fluid characteristic in extremely cold condi- tions. The condenser cooling fan should come on automatically whenever the air conditioning is in operation. coolant temperature and may sometimes operate even when the engine is not run- ning. NOTE: Grinding noise from the power steering pump may be heard immediately after the engine is started in extremely cold condi- tions (below . .

you may purchase a factory Shop Manual at your Hyundai ! WARNING: dealer's parts department. Have the driver intervals specified in the vehicle maintenance or equivalent weight placed in driver's seat. draw a parallel line at 0. Clean the head light lenses and turn on the G290A01JM The power steering hoses should be replaced headlights (Low beam). Keep all tires inflated to the correct pressure. POWER STEERING HOSES 3.8 in. Deterioration of the hose tal line (through the center of each headlight could cause premature failure. . pulling. Adjust each cut-off line of the low beam to the FOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUT parallel line with a phillips screwdriver - YOUR HYUNDAI VERTICAL AIMING. And then. and ing hose connections for fluid leakage at those spare tire. If you desire additional information about main- taining and servicing your Hyundai. engine oil and fuel. while it is highly technical it can be useful in obtaining a better understanding of your car and how it works. DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 HEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENT 25 Recommended Fluid G290A02O-AAT Vertical Use PSF-3 type fluid Before performing aiming adjustment. jack. aiming Do not start the engine when the power 2. 4. the front bumper & rear bumper down sev- eral times. G250A01A-AAT 7. and tools). 5. Place vehicle at a distance of 118 in. full levels of coolant. See that the vehicle is unloaded (except for It is suggested that you check the power steer. (3m) G240A01A-AAT from the test wall. each headlight beam pattern) and a horizon- scuffing or worn spots. Draw a vertical line (through the center of if there is severe surface cracking. beam pattern) on the aiming screen. Place the vehicle on level ground and press steering oil reservoir is empty. This is the same Horizontal aiming should be adjusted by manual used by dealership technicians and an authorized Hyundai dealer. 6. schedule in Section 5. (21 mm) under the horizontal line. Open the hood. Horizontal NOTE: 1. make aiming sure of the following.

be sure Replacement "H".6 DO-IT-YOURSELFMAINTENANCE 26 REPLACEMENT OF LIGHT BULBS G290B01JM-AAT SPECIFICATION: G260A02A-AAT Adjustment After Headlight Assembly Before attempting to replace a light bulb.(1. Dotted lines in the illustration show the center of headlights.6 in. Adjust headlights so that main axis of light is parallel to center line of the body and is aligned with point "P" shown in the illustration.4 in. same number and wattage rating. . the switch is turned to the "OFF" position. Cut-off H "L". etc. "P" Distance between each headlight center: 53. Be sure to line Horizontal line W replace the burned-out bulb with one of the "W". G290B01B If the vehicle has had front body repair and the headlight assembly has been replaced.(904 mm) light bulbs so they may be changed. such as oil. (Low Beam Position) 1. gasoline. 2.356 mm) See page 6-34 for the wattage description.000 mm). the headlight aiming should be checked using an aiming chart as shown in the illustration. (3. Turn on the headlight switch. line Distance between the headlights and the wall that the lights are tested against: ! CAUTION: Ground line 118 in. Keep the lamps out of contact with petro- L leum products. Horizontal center line of headlights from The next paragraph shows how to reach the 30 mm Vertical ground: 35.

Disconnect the connector from the bulb base in the back of the headlight. Allow the bulb to cool. remove the headlight assembly mounting bolts. avoid touching the glass. 3. 1. DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 27 G270A02O-AAT 6. HJM5013 5. HJM5017 7. HJM5012 4. Using a socket wrench of the correct size. Always grasp the bulb by its plastic base. Open the engine hood. Disconnect the power cord from the bulb base in the back of the headlight. HJM5016 . Turn the plastic cover counterclockwise Headlight and Front Turn Signal Light and remove it. Wear eye protection. 2.

6 DO-IT-YOURSELFMAINTENANCE 28 G270B01JM-AAT Rear Combination Light G270A03O HJM5018 8. Always wear eye 10. Remove the protective cap from the re- placement bulb and install the new bulb by WARNING: matching the plastic base with the headlight This halogen bulb contains gas under pres- hole. new bulb. result- nect the connector. Reattach the bulb spring and recon. Push the bulb spring to remove the headlight bulb. and against liquids when lighted. ing in flying fragments.Check for proper headlight aim. Turn the 12. sure and if impacted could shatter. Do not touch the glass of the new Keep the bulb out of the reach of children bulb. HJM5021 . bulb on only when installing in a headlight. the bulb against abrasions or scratches 11.Use the protective cap and carton to prompt. Protect ly dispose of the old bulb. ! HJM5020 9. remove from the bulb holder and install the Replace the headlight if damaged or cracked. protection when servicing the bulb.To replace the front turn signal light bulb. and dispose of the used bulb with care.

Remove the bolts with a wrench. G270I02JM-GAT 2. tail light. Remove the mounting screws as shown Front fog Light (If installed) with a phillips screwdriver. Install the new bulb. side mark light). (1) (2) (3) (4) HJM5049 3. Open the tail gate. turn signal light. Remove the cover with a phillips screw driver. HJM5048 . DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 29 1. Replace to the new bulb. take it out from the bulb holder by turning it counterclockwise. To replace the rear combination light (stop/ 2. Disconnect the power cord. back-up light. HJM5047 HJM5022 1. (1) Stop/Tail light (2) Turn signal light (3) Back-up light (4) Tail light 4. 3. HJM5050 4.

driver. 2. Remove the cover with a flat blade screw driver. Open the tail gate.6 DO-IT-YOURSELFMAINTENANCE 30 G270C02TB-GAT G270C02JM-AAT Luggage Compartment Light Cargo Light (If Installed) G270C02JM 2. Disconnect the power cord. HJM5023 G270C01JM 1. Replace to the new bulb. Remove the cover with a flat blade screw- 1. HTB284 3. .

G270E01JM 1. Replace with a new bulb. G270E03HR 3. Replace with a new bulb. 2. . Disconnect the connector. DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 31 G270E01O-AAT Front Side Marker Light HJM5024 G270E02HR 3. Remove the cover with a phillips screw- driver.

2. HJM5025 HJM5045 1. driver. Remove the cover with a flat blade screw. 1. . Replace with a new bulb. Remove the cover with a flat blade screw- driver.6 DO-IT-YOURSELFMAINTENANCE 32 G270G01O-AAT G270H01O-AAT Interior Light Glove Box Illuminated Light HJM5026 2. Open the glove box.

Replace with a new bulb. HTB284 . 4. Disconnect the connector. DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 33 HJM5039 3.

4 10 High Mounted Rear Stop Light (LED Type) 3 Head Light (Low/High) 55/60 B TYPE 5 4 Interior Light Map Light 10 11 Luggage Compartment Light 10 Room Light 10 12 Turn Signal Light 21 5 Front Fog Light (If installed) 27 13 Back-up Light 21 6 Turn Signal Light 21 14 License Plate Light 5 7 Side Marker 5 15 Stop/Tail Light 21/5 8 Front Door Edge Warning Light (If installed) 5 . Part Name Wattage No.6 DO-IT-YOURSELFMAINTENANCE 34 BULB WATTAGE G280A01JM-AAT G280A01JM-U No. Part Name Wattage 1 Front Postion Light 5 9 Cargo Light 10 2 Glove Box Illuminated Light 10 A TYPE 2.

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 FUSE PANEL DESCRIPTION 35 G200C01JM-GAT Engine Compartment FUSE DESCRIPTION PROTECTED COMPONENTS RATING IGN 30A Start relay. ESP ABS #2 40A ABS. refer to the fuse box label. Ignition switch ECU 30A Engine control. When you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle. Oxygen sensor. ATM BATT #1 50A Ignition switch. Siren A/CON 15A A/C H/LP (HI) 15A Head lamp (HIGH) H/LP (LOW) 15A Head lamp (LOW) G200C01JM NOTE: Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. ECM/PCM DRL 15A DRL F/FOG 15A Front fog lamp FUSE HORN 15A Horn. . Power connector INJ 15A Injector SNSR 10A Cooling fan. ESP BLOWER 30A Blower BATT #2 30A Ignition switch. Fuel pump . It is accurate at the time of printing. A/C. Stop lamp switch. Power connector FUSIBLE C/FAN 50A Cooling fan LINK ABS #1 30A ABS. Generator.

6 DO-IT-YOURSELFMAINTENANCE 36 G200E01JM-AAT Inner Panel G200E01JM .

Power outside mirror folding module.7 L) P/OUTLET 15A Rear power outlet 10A (Not used) S/HTR 20A Seat warmer A/CON SW 10A A/C control module (Manual A/C) START 10A Theft alarm relay. Glove box lllumination RR HTR 30A Rear defogger A/BAG 15A SRS control CLUSTER 10A Instrument cluster. Transaxle range switch. DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE 6 37 FUSE FUSE PROTECTED COMPONENTS RATING P/WDW-LH 30A Left power window P/WDW-RH 30A Right power window TAIL RH 10A Right rear combination lamp.7 L) IMMO 10A Immobilizer control module (2. Rear defogger switch AUDIO 10A Audio IG COIL 20A Ignition coil (2. lgnition lock switch . Audio. License lamp AUDIO 10A Digital clock. ETACM/TACM TAIL LH 10A Left head lamp. Left rear combination lamp. Power outside mirror & mirror folding switch C/LIGHTER 20A Cigarette lighter & P/OUTLET SPARE 15A (SPARE) RR FOG 10A Rear fog lamp HTD MIRR 10A Left/Right power outsider mirror & mirror folding motor.

Blower relay. Multifunction switch 4WD 20A 4WD/ECM DEICER 15A Windshield defogger TCU 10A TCM (2. Fuel filter heater relay. Vehicle speed sensor FF WIPER 20A Front wiper. TCS. A/C control module. ETACM/TACM IGN 10A PTC heater relay. ECM. Power outside mirror folding module H/FREE 10A (Not used) ECU 10A Cruise control. 4WD ECM. Auto light & Photo sensor. ESP. DRL CONTROL MODULE.7 L) S/ROOF 20A Sunroof.6 DO-IT-YOURSELFMAINTENANCE 38 FUSE FUSE PROTECTED COMPONENTS RATING IG-SW 30A Ignition switch ROOM LP 10A Room lamp. ESP. Hazard relay. PCM. A/C control module. Transaxle range switch A/BAG IND 10A Instrument cluster RR WIPER 15A Safety relay A/CON 10A Sunroof controller. TCM. Digital clock. Immobilizer control module (2.7 L) ABS 10A G-Sensor. ETACM/TACM Key remind switch AMP 20A Audio T/SIG 10A Hazard switch. head LAMP RELAY HAZARD 10A Hazard switch. ABS . Stop lamp. Door lock/unlock relay STOP 15A Stop lamp switch.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

Emission Control System ............................................. 7-2
Catalytic Converter ....................................................... 7-3

7 7

7 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS
2 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

H010A02O-AAT H010B01A-AAT
Canister
Your Hyundai is equipped with an emission 1. Crankcase Emission Control
control system to meet all requirements of the System Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or Cali- absorbed and stored in the canister. When the
fornia Air Resources Board. The positive crankcase ventilation system is engine is running, the fuel vapors absorbed in
There are three emission control systems which employed to prevent air pollution caused by the canister are drawn into the induction system
are as follows. blow-by gases being emitted from the crank- through the purge control solenoid valve.
case. This system supplies filtered air to the
(1) Crankcase emission control system crankcase through the air intake hose. Inside Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
(2) Evaporative emission control system the crankcase, the fresh air mixes with blow-by
(3) Exhaust emission control system gases, which then pass through the PCV valve The purge control solenoid valve is controlled
and into the induction system. by the Engine Control Module (ECM); when the
In order to assure the proper function of the engine coolant temperature is low during idling,
emission control systems, it is recommended the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not
that you have your car inspected and main- taken into the engine. After the engine warms-
H010C01S-AAT
tained by an authorized Hyundai dealer in ac- up during ordinary driving, the PCSV opens to
2. Evaporative Emission Control (Includ- introduce evaporated fuel to the engine.
cordance with the maintenance schedule in this
manual. ing ORVR: Onboard Refueling Vapor
Recovery) System
Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance
Test (V6 Vehicle with Traction Control Sys- The Evaporative Emission Control System is H010D01A-AAT

tem) designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping 3. Exhaust Emission Control System
into the atmosphere.
(The ORVR system is designed to allow the The Exhaust Emission Control System is a
o To prevent the vehicle from misfiring
vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a highly effective system which controls exhaust
during dynamometer testing, discon-
canister while refueling at the gas station, pre- emissions while maintaining good vehicle
nect the ABS connector in the engine
venting the escape of fuel vapors into the performace.
compartment. (2.7 V6 only)
o For more information, see shop manual atmosphere.)
(Wheel Speed Sensor).
o After dynamometer testing is completed,
erase the ABS/TCS DTC (Diagnotic
Trouble Code) with a GST (Generic Scan
Tool) or Hi-Scan Pro.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS
7
CATALYTIC CONVERTER 3

H020A01A-AAT

! WARNING: ! WARNING:
o Use unleaded fuel only. o Remember that your Hyundai dealer is
o Maintain the engine in good operating your best source of assistance.
condition. Extremely high catalytic con- o Do not stop your Hyundai over any com-
verter temperatures can result from im- bustible material such as grass, paper,
proper operation of the electrical, igni- leaves or rags. These materials might
tion or multiport electronic fuel injec- contact the hot catalytic converter and a
tion. fire might result.
o If your engine stalls, pings, knocks, or is
hard to start, have your Hyundai dealer
inspect and repair the problem as soon
as possible.
Catalytic Converter H020A01JM
o Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.
All Hyundai vehicles are equipped with a mono- Running out of gasoline may cause the
lith type three-way catalytic converter to re- engine to misfire and result in damage to
duce the carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons and the catalytic converter.
nitrogen oxides contained in the exhaust gas. o Avoid idling the engine for periods
Exhaust gases passing through the catalytic longer than 10 minutes.
converter cause it to operate at a very high o The vehicle should not be pushed or
temperature. The introduction of large amounts pulled to get started. This may cause the
of unburned gasoline into the exhaust may catalytic converter to overheat and cre-
cause the catalytic converter to overheat and ate a fire hazard.
create a fire hazard. This risk may be reduced o Do not touch the catalytic converter or
by observing the following: any other part of the exhaust system
while the catalytic converter is hot. Shut
off the engine, wait for at least one hour
before touching the catalytic converter
or any other part of the exhaust system.

CONSUMER INFORMATION

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) .............................. 8-2
Engine Number ............................................................. 8-2
Tire Information ............................................................. 8-2
Recommended Inflation Pressures ............................... 8-3
Tire Sidewall Labeling ................................................... 8-4
Tire Terminology and Definitions ................................... 8-6

8
Snow Tires .................................................................... 8-8
Tire Chains .................................................................... 8-9
Tire Rotation .................................................................. 8-9
Tire Balancing ............................................................... 8-9
Tire Traction ................................................................ 8-10
When to Replace Tires ............................................... 8-10
Tire Maintenance ........................................................ 8-11
Spare Tire and Tools ................................................... 8-11
Warranties for Your Hyundai Vehicle .......................... 8-11 8
Consumer Information ................................................. 8-12
Reporting Safety Defects ............................................ 8-14

8 CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
2 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION ENGINE NUMBER
NUMBER (VIN)
I010A02JM-AAT The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the I010B01A-AAT

number used in registering your car and in all DOHC (I4) V6
legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc. It
can be found in three different places on your
car:
1. Lower side of the front passenger seat under
the carpet.
2. On the left top side of the instrument panel
where it can be seen by looking down through
the windshield.
3. On the lower side of the left center pillar outer
panel.

I010A03JM I010B01GK

The engine number is stamped on the engine
block as shown in the drawing.

I010A02JM

the number of people that can be in your pressures cause uneven tread If you ever have questions about your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight. see the tire manufacture's booklet o Higher-than-recommended tire included with your vehicle's Owner's pressures can cause poor han- Manual Literature Kit. poor fuel tire warranty and where to obtain ser. Tire pressures are cold. dling. economy or tire failure. tire wear and stability o Check pressures when the tires under normal conditions. vice. uneven tread wear or tire failure.6 km) since starting up. your vehicle with the original tire size.) HJM1032 . Always observe the following: vide the most satisfactory combination of ride comfort. poor handling. wear. CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS 8 TIRES 3 I020A02A-AAT Tire label located on the driver's side of TIRE INFORMATION The tires supplied on your new Hyundai the center pillar outer panel gives the ! WARNING: cold tire pressures recommended for are chosen to provide the best perfor. been parked for at least three hours Proper tire inflation pressures should or hasn't been driven more than be maintained for these reasons: one mile (1. o Lower-than-recommended tire mance for normal driving. (After the vehicle has should be checked at least monthly. I030A01JM-AAT RECOMMENDED INFLATION PRES- SURES I030A01JM ! CAUTION: These pressures were chosen to pro.

valve stem. Be the tires are cold."Cold" means your 5. 1 sure of other tires. no further adjustment is neces- CHECKING TIRE INFLATION PRES. 6 especially careful about overload. 4 o Worn. Press the tire gage firmly 3 onto the valve to get a pressure mea. inflated even when they're underinflated. You can not tell if your tires dirt and moisture. check the tire pressure of the pushing on the metal stem in the center provides the tire identification number spare tire. If you overfill the tire. Radial tires may look properly TIRE SIDEWALL LABELING tire each time you check the pres. . identifies and describes the fundamen- Check your tires once a month or more. 1 I030B04JM sure on the tire and loading information I035A01JM-AAT Federal law requires tire manufacturers label. 2 or if your tires have been dam- aged.8 CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS 4 I030B01JM-AAT o Check the pressure of your spare at them. release air by tal characteristics of the tire and also Also. surement. Be sure to put The TIN can be used to identify the tire How to Check the valve caps back on the valve stems. This information you reach the recommended amount. Remove the valve cap from the tire dents. of the tire valve. If the pressure is low.6 km). in case of a recall. are properly inflated simply by looking . Check the tire's inflation pressure when o Never overload your vehicle. vehicle has been sitting for at least 7 ing if you equip your vehicle with three hours or driven no more than 1 a luggage rack. Use a good quality gage to check tire They help prevent leaks by keeping out pressure. replace them. to place standardized information on sary. add air until SURE the sidewall of all tires. old tires can cause acci. If your tread is badly worn. mile (1. sure with the tire gage. If the cold tire inflation pres- sure matches the recommended pres. Recheck the tire pres- (TIN) for safety standard certification.

TIN (Tire Identification Number) for The number of layers or plies of "T" is the designation for a tempo. Refer This number is the tire's load in. the numbers 3105 means 2. sure. The speed rating o Four numbers represent the week o Manufacturer or Brand name is denotes the speed at which a tire is and year the tire was built. Maximum permissible inflation o R: The "R" stands for radial. the materials in the tire. XXXX) manufacturers also must indicate o Three-digit number (235): This num. Tire size (example: P235/60R16 99T) periods of time. o 4th four-digit code: Date of Manu. o 1st two-digit code: Manufacturer's pressure o Two-digit number (16): This num.S. De. to the left or right of the Tire Iden ply construction. . polyester. port. known as the aspect ratio. Tire ply composition and material signed for passenger vehicles. below or others. o DOT: Abbreviation for the "Depart. and of the tire from sidewall edge to bol can be placed above. The letter "R" means radial sidewall edge. to the Tire and Loading Information dex. 4. the letter "D" means o Two-digit number (60): This num. CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS 8 5 1. Manufacturer or Brand name o T: Speed Rating. in compliance with the U. which in- ber gives the width in millimeters ment of Transportation". The sym. from "A" to "Z" (98 to 186 MPH). Tire rary spare tire. clude steel. It is a measurement of how facture label for recommended inflation pres- much weight each tire can sup. Indicates tire is diagonal or bias ply construction. nylon. and the letter "B" means belted-bias gives the tire's ratio of height to partment of Transportation Motor ply construction. The ratings range the 31st week of 2005. tification Number. 5. new tire (example: DOT XX XX XXX rubbercoated fabric in the tire. Vehicle Safety Standards. For shown. Do not exceed the maximum o Two (or three) digit number (99): (Optional) permissible inflation pressure. identification mark This number is the greatest amount ber is the wheel or rim diameter in o 2nd two-digit code: Tire size of air pressure that should be put in inches. width. designed to be driven for extended example. o The "P" indicates the tire is de. A 3. ber. o 3rd three-digit code: Tire type code the tire.

the tire onto the rim. is located between the plies and the cludes the Tire Identification Number tread. see Uniform Tire Qual.8 CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS 6 I030D01JM-AAT 6. Cords may be made from steel or (TIN). The DOT code in- ity Grading on page 8-12. for the rear axle. and air conditioning. . less than 90 degrees to the centerline of GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight Rating the tread. sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire mance factors: treadwear. a motor vehicle with standard and op- tire. but without passengers and cargo. Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords that safety standards. power seats. For more tire's height to its width. oil and coolant. automatic transmission. When Air Pressure: The amount of air inside (kPa) before a tire has built up heat from replacing the tires on the vehicle. Depart- and temperature resistance. DOT Markings: A code molded into the grade tires based on three perfor. GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in which GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight Rating the plies are laid at alternate angles for the front Axle. brand and date of wires wrapped by steel cords that hold production. Bead: The tire bead contains steel production plant. measured in pounds TIONS load in kilograms and pounds that per square inch (psi) or kilopascals can be carried by the tire. always use a tire that has the same pressure is expressed in pounds per Curb Weight: This means the weight of load rating as the factory installed square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa). can also identify the tire manufacturer. mum capacity of fuel. traction Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a is in compliance with the U. Tire manufacturers are required to cessories are.S. Some examples of optional ac. Air driving. the tire pressing outward on the tire. Accessory Weight: This means the tional equipment including the maxi- 7. Maximum load rating Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of air TIRE TERMINOLOGY AND DEFINI- This number indicates the maximum pressure in a tire. ment of Transportation motor vehicle information. Uniform Tire Quality Grading combined weight of optional accesso. (UTQG): ries. an alphanumeric designator which other reinforcing materials.

Ratings are determined by production options weight. accessory tire placard. and the road surface. the load carrying capacity of a tire. Treadwear Indicators: Narrow bands. air pressure. Vehicle manufacturer's recommended Standards. vehicle capacity weight. The side of the tire that Traction: The friction between the tire Load Index: An assigned number rang. contains a whitewall. to seat multiplied by 150 pounds (68 Rim: A metal support for a tire and upon kg). a tire information system Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight: tire inflation pressure and shown on the that provides consumers with ratings The sum of curb weight. trucks and multipurpose vehicles. that must al. and Radial Ply tire: A pneumatic tire in treadwear. which the ply cords that extend to the tire manufacturers using government Normal Occupant Weight: The num. The maximum air Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire used sometimes called "wear bars. model name molding that is higher or Tread: The portion of a tire that comes Maximum Inflation Pressure: The deeper than the same moldings on the into contact with the road. CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS 8 7 Intended Outboard Sidewall: The side Occupant Distribution: Designated Sidewall: The portion of a tire between of an asymmetrical tire. The ratings are ber of occupants a vehicle is designed centerline of the tread. temperature and weight. . on a vehicle. maximum air pressure to which a cold other sidewall of the tire. the tread and the bead. molded into the sidewall of the tire. Recommended Inflation Pressure: UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality Grading sible inflation pressure for that tire. beads are laid at 90 degrees to the testing procedures. a asymmetrical tire that has a particular assigned to a tire indicating the maxi- Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for side that faces outward when mounted mum speed at which a tire can operate. brand and or grip provided. The amount of ing from 1 to 279 that corresponds to ing or bears manufacturer. for a tire's traction. seating positions. on passenger cars and some light duty across the tread of a tire when only 2/32 Maximum Load Rating: The load rat. ways face outward when mounted on a Outward Facing Sidewall: The side of Speed Rating: An alphanumeric code vehicle. tire may be inflated. which the tire beads are seated. bears white letter. inch of tread remains. ing for a tire at the maximum permis." that show pressure is molded onto the sidewall.

otherwise. . Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire: sidewall. recommended for the standard tires on its share of the curb weight. Summer tires do not have the tire trac- tion rating M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall. cargo and luggage load some models to provide good perfor. attached to a vehicle showing the origi. Hyundai specifies summer tires on some Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120 nal equipment tire size and recom. I040C01JM-AAT pressure shown on the tire sidewall SUMMER TIRES Vehicle Placard: A label permanently whichever is less. Summer tire performance snow tires. Hyundai recommends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels. Snow tires have better snow Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa) That load on an individual tire that is traction than all season tires an may be more air pressure than the pressure determined by distributing to each axle more appropriate in some areas. models to provide superior performance km/h) when your car is equipped with mended inflation pressure on dry roads. including the same load capacity as the original Load on an individual tire due to curb snowy and icy road conditions.8 CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS 8 I040B01JM-AAT I040A01O-AAT Vehicle Capacity Weight: The number ALL SEASON TIRES SNOW TIRES of designated seating positions multi- plied by 150 lbs. All sea. Snow tires should be installed on and accessory weight plus maximum son tires are identified by ALL SEASON all four wheels. poor han- occupant and cargo weight. and normal occupant weight center pillar . or up to the maximum and driving by 2. they should be the same size and have Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire: mance for use all year round. tires. if you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions. (68 kg) plus the rated Hyundai specifies all season tires on If you equip your car with snow tires. and/or M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire dling may result. accessory the tire label on the driver's side of the weight. is substantrally reduced in snow and ice.

Hyundai dealer so the cause may be Whenever a tire is dismounted for re- o If you hear noise caused by chains corrected. pair. it should be rebalanced before contacting the body. o To prevent body damage. retighten the After rotating.000 km). To minimize tire and chain wear. cause dangerous handling charac- tions. retighten the chains after driving 0.6 miles. Be sure Do not mix bias-ply and radial-ply that the chains are installed in accor. plastic chains. was delivered but may need balancing o Use the SAE "S" class or wire & tations. adjust the tire pressures being reinstalled on the car. The tires on your ing on roads covered with snow or miles (12. teristics. I070A01A-AAT TIRE BALANCING ! WARNING: HEF-241 A tire that is out of balance may affect o Drive at lower speeds when driv. vehicle body. This may dance with the manufacturer's instruc. .3 ~ 0. have the car checked by a again during the years you own the car. chain to avoid contact with the and be sure to check wheel nut torque. under any circumstances. should be TIRE ROTATION ! CAUTION: installed on the front wheels.500 handling and tire wear. tires are wearing unevenly between ro. CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS 8 9 I050A04A-AAT I060A01O-AAT TIRE CHAINS Tire chains. do not continue to use tire chains when they are no longer needed. if necessary. Tires should be rotated every 7. If you notice that Hyundai were balanced before the car ice.

06 in. The tread wear wheel studs. . slow down replacing tires. TWI indicator If you replace radial tires with bias- ply tires. (1. tires that are improperly o Driving on worn-out tires is dan- inflated or on slippery road surfaces.06 in. snow or ice on and bias ply tires on the same car. the road. If you change wheels.6 mm). gerous! Worn-out tires can cause Tires should be replaced when tread loss of braking effectiveness. To reduce the steering control and traction. indicators appear when the tread depth is 0. the new wheel's rim width and offset must meet Hyundai specification. (1.8 CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS 10 I080A01A-AAT I090A02JM-AAT TIRE TRACTION WHEN TO REPLACE TIRES Tire traction can be reduced if you drive 0. etc. never mix radial whenever there is rain. The tire should be replaced when these appear as a solid bar across two or more grooves of the tread. wear indicators appear. they must be installed in sets of four. including broken or " " marks.6 mm) ! WARNING: on worn tires.. When possibility of losing control. HJM5031 o Wheels that do not meet Hyundai's The original tires on your car have tread dimensional specifications may wear indicators . The location of tread fit poorly and result in damage to wear indicators is shown by the "TWI" the vehicle. Always replace your tires with those of the recommended size.

you SHOP MANUAL should not use these tires for high. authorized Hyundai dealer. Additionally. If you find a tire is worn unevenly. be sure to wheel. tread. type. CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS 8 SPARE TIRE AND TOOLS 11 I090B01JM-AAT I100A02E-AAT TIRE MAINTENANCE ! WARNING: In addition to proper inflation. This will performance of your vehicle. lowing: equip all four tires with the tire and wheel of the same size. have your dealer check the wheel align- Do not use a size and type of tire and ment. If Wheel nut wrench. a tire shoud always be HJM4007 rollover and serious injury. but is simple enough for most mechanically-inclined owners to under- stand. wheel that is different from the one that is originally installed on your When you have new tires installed. A Hyundai Shop Manual is available from your way driving. It's written for pro- fessional technicians. Spare tire and wheel brand and load-carrying capacity. correct Your vehicle is equipped with tires wheel alignment helps to decrease tire designed to provide for safe ride and wear. rebalanced if it is removed from the Your Hyundai is delivered with the fol- When replacing the tires. . Wrench bar you nevertheless decide to equip Jack your vehicle with any tire/wheel com- bination not recommended by I110A01A-AAT Hyundai for off-road driving. It can affect the safety and make sure they are balanced. vehicle. handling capability. which increase vehicle ride comfort and tire could lead to handling failure or life.

sidewall. It grades . provides the purchasers and/or prospective must conform to Federal Safety Stan- o Anti-Perforation Limited Warranty purchasers of Hyundai automobiles with infor- o Emission Defect Warranty .Federal Vehicle mation on uniform tire quality grading.1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. These o California Emission Control System War. For example.S. a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half (1 . Your dards in addition to these grades. o Emission Performance Warranty Federal vehicle o Replacement Parts and Accessories Lim. Treadwear .000 Miles Lim. and may depart significantly from the norm due to varia- tions in driving habits. Department of Transportation. service prac- tices and differences in road character- istics and climate. .All passenger vehicle tires only). Hyundai dealer will help answer any questions quality grades are molded on the ranty (if applicable) you may have as you read this information. ernment test course.The treadwear grade is a ited Warranty comparative rating based on the wear NOTE: rate of the tire when tested under con- Detailed warranty information is provided trolled conditions on a specified gov- in your Hyundai Owner's Handbook. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Department of Transportation quality ited Powertrain Warranty (original owner of the U.000 Miles Limited This consumer information has been prepared Tire Quality Grading Warranty.8 CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS 12 WARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI CONSUMER INFORMATION VEHICLE I120A02A-AAT I130A01A-AAT I130B04A-AAT o New vehicle 60 Months/60. in accordance with regulations issued by the o New vehicle 120 Months/100. however. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use.

B. and C. cornering. are AA. ture can lead to sudden tire failure. and ! WARNING: A. sive speed. tained high temperature can cause the sive loading. Treadwear 200 Traction AA Tempera- teristics.The tempera- grades. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test For example : droplaning. wheel than the minimum required by law. and does not in. representing the tire's resistance to the tire's ability to stop on wet pave. or exces- marked C may have poor traction per.The traction Temperature A. CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS 8 13 Traction AA. either separately or in formance. the generation of heat and The temperature grade for this tire is ment as measured under controlled its ability to dissipate heat when tested established for a tire that is properly conditions on specified government test under controlled conditions on a speci. sidewall between the tread shoulder ing traction tests. from highest to lowest. The ! WARNING: grade C corresponds to a level of perfor- mance which all passenger car tires Uniform Tire Quality Grading . A tire fied indoor laboratory test wheel. B. must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. material of the tire to degenerate and combination. ture grades are A (the highest). Exces- surfaces of asphalt and concrete. underinflation. Sus. or peak traction charac.Qual- The traction grade assigned to this ity grades can be found on the tire tire is based on straight-ahead brak. B. hy. and excessive tempera. A. ture A . and possible tire failure. inflated and not overloaded. B. 109. C . can cause heat buildup reduce tire life. Those grades represent C. C . clude acceleration. and the maximum section width.

or HYUNDAI MOTOR Maine. Michigan. we strongly urge you Central Region: Illinois. Delaware. after reading this manual. Nevada. Texas. However. NHTSA receives similar complaints. Arizona. Indiana. Southern Region: Alabama. Georgia. however. Oklahoma. headings "NOTE". Washington. "CAUTION" and "WARN. NJ 08831 Fountain Valley. Minnesota. particularly the information under the braska.O. Maryland. Illinois 60506 it may order a recall and remedy cam- hicle. and if it finds that a If. Washington. involved in individual problems between Eastern Region : Connecticut. North Caro- lina. ldaho. New Jersey. NHTSA cannot become Western Region: Alaska. it may Hyundai Central Region open an investigation. Arkansas. fornia. Texas. Ohio. Suite A factured to meet or exceed all applicable safety If you believe that your vehicle has a defect Austell. shire. Wyoming. please contact your nearest Hyundai (800) 633-5151 Motor America Regional Office as listed below: paign. ING". you should immediately For your safety.8 CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS 14 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS I130D03A-AAT Hyundai Southern Region I130C01A-AAT Hyundai motor vehicles are designed and manu. If Wisconsin. Colorado. Jamesburg. Montana. Missouri. Louisiana. you may either call the Rhode Island. . Virginia. GA 30168 standards. North Dakota. Florida. Ne. AMERICA. inform the National Highway Traffic Safety to read and follow all directions in this Owner's Kansas. South Carolina. Massachusetts. notifying HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA. New York. West Virginia. Aurora. Administration (NHTSA) in addition to Manual. Vermont. New Hamp. Hawaii.Box 20850 of Transportation. 20590. lowa. Oregon. Department 1100 Cranbury South River Road P. New you.S. your dealer. Mexico. U. California 92728-0850 You can also obtain other information about (800) 633-5151 (800) 633-5151 motor vehicle safety from the Hotline. 270 Riverside Parkway. you have any 1705 Sequoia Drive safety defect exists in a group of vehicles.C. Utah. Auto Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327- Hyundai Western Region Hyundai Eastern Region 10550 Talbert Avenue 4236 or write to: NHTSA. South Dakota. D. Kentucky. (800) 633-5151 which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death. Mississippi. To contact NHTSA. Tennessee. Pennsylvanina. Cali. questions regarding the operation of your ve.

....................................... 9-2 Engine ................. 9-4 9 9 ....................................................................................................... VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS Measurement ....... 9-3 Lubrication Chart .................................

5V) Type Rack and pinion Wheel free play 0 ~ 1.0L 90A (13.7L 120A (13.7L 17 us.795) Spare T155/90R16 (Temporary) Overall Height (Unladen) 66 (1.5V) 2.9 VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS 2 J010A01JM-AAT J030A01JM-AAT MEASUREMENT in.540) J040A01JM-GAT Rear 60 (1.630) Wheel tread Front 60 (1.540) ELECTRICAL Battery MF 60 AH.0L 15 us.gal (58L) Parking brake Cable operated on rear wheel . ABS Disc type 2. (mm) TIRE Standard 215/65R16 Overall Length 170 (4.680) Wheel base 103 (2. (142 mm) J050A01JM-AAT Oil pump type Vane type BRAKE Type Dual hydraulic with brake booster J060A01JM-AAT Front brake type Ventilated disc FUEL SYSTEM 2WD CBS (With ABS) Drum type Rear brake type Engine Fuel tank capacity ABS Disc type 2.gal (65L) 4WD CBS.5 in.18 in. (0 ~ 30 mm) Rack stroke 5.325) Option 235/60R16 Overall Width 70 (1. MF 68 AH J020A01JM-AAT POWER STEERING Alternator 2.

0 Displacement (cc) 1. VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS 9 ENGINE 3 J070A01JM-AAT GASOLINE ITEMS 2.38 mm) Auto lash Spark plug gap 0.656 Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-2-3-4-5-6 Intake 0.0122 in.0091 in.(0.28 mm) Auto lash For checking Exhaust 0.043 in.7 × 75.2 ~ 0.0 .0067 ~ 0.(0.17 ~ 0.011 in.0098 ~ 0.0079 ~ 0.25 ~ 0.23 mm) Auto lash For adjusting Valve Clearance Exhaust 0.1 mm) Idle speed (rpm) 700 ± 100 650 ± 100 Ignition timing BTDC 8° ± 5° BTDC 12° ± 5° .0 DOHC 2.0047 ~ 0.12 ~ 0.(0. In-line DOHC 6-Cyl. (1..(0.5 86.1.039 ~ 0.. V-type DOHC Bore x Stroke 82 × 93.975 2.7 V6 Engine Type 4-Cyl.31 mm ) Auto lash (Cold engine : 20±5°C) Intake 0.015 in.

. SK ATF SP III or Automatic 8. Transfer case API GL-5. DOT 4 or Equivalent As required .2 (7. SL or ABOVE.23 (4.8 (0.9) Brakes and clutch fluid DOT 3.9 VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS 4 LUBRICATION CHART J080A02JM-AAT Item Oil & Grease Standard Q'ty u. SAE 5W-20. DIAMOND ATF SP III.76 (4.5) Transaxle Manual HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS SAE MTF SAE 75W/85 (API GL-4) 2.8) other brands approved by Hyundai Motor Co. 5W-30 2.95 (0.4 (7. SAE 80W/90 (SHELL SPIRAX AX Equivalent) 0. (liter) Engine Oil Drain and refill with oil filter API SJ.8) Rear Axle API GL-5.2 (2.75) Coolant Ethylene glycol base for aluminum radiator 7.1) HYUNDAI GENUINE ATF SP III.0) ILSAC GF-3 or ABOVE SAE 10W-30 [ABOVE 0°F (-18°C)] 2.8 (0.7 L : 4. SAE 80W/90 (SHELL SPIRAX AX Equivalent) 0.s.0 L : 4.0) Power steering gear PSF-3 TYPE FLUID 0.qts.

INDEX 10 10 .

...................................................................................... 1-133 Cassete tape player operation (M280) ..................... 1-58 Stereo radio operation (M280) ................. 1-103 Cigarette Lighter ........................................................................ 1-54 Traction control system (TCS) .............................................................................................................................................................. 6-20 Air Conditioning Pedal free-play .................................. 6-20 Brake Combination Light Anti-lock brake system . 1-53 Turn signal operation ........................................ 1-123 Securing the Child Restraint Seat with the "ISOFIX" System ............................... 1-53 Checking the brakes ........................................................................ 2-14 Air bag ...................................................................... 1-128 "Tether Anchorage" System ................................................................................................................... 1-115 Child Restraint System ............................................................................................................................................... 6-17 Practices ............ 1-135 Ashtray ......................................................................................................................................................................... 6-20 Care . 1-25 Stereo radio operation (J290) ... 1-109 Clock .... 2-18 Operation ........... 1-58 Clutch B Checking fluid .............................................................................................................................................. 1-92 Bulb Replacement .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-53 Lane change signal .......... 1-106 Child-Protector Rear Door Lock ........................................... 1-26 Stereo radio operation (K260) ............................................................. 1-52 ....................... 1-23 CD changer operation (M280) .............................. 6-13 Air Cleaner Filter ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-3 Switch ....... 1-92................................................... 2-12 Auto light ............................................. 6-15 Headlight switch .............................................................. 1-7 Compact disc player operation (M280) ................................................ 6-17 Breaking-In your New Hyundai ...................................................................... 6-26 Antenna .................................................................................................... 1-126 Care of Disc ........................................................................ 1-119 Installing a Child Restraint Seat with the Compact disc player / CD Auto changer operation (J290) ......................................................................................................................... 1-53 High-beam switch ................... 2-12 Headlight flasher ................................................................................. 6-11 Pedal clearance ................................................................................... 6-23 Pedal free-play .......................................... 7-3 Compact disc player operation (K260) ........ 1-112 Catalytic Converter ............................................................. 1-133 Cassette Tape player operation (J290) ................................................... 1-30 Fluid ...... 2-20..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................10 INDEX 2 A Electronic Stability Program (ESP) ....... 6-16 Battery ......................................... 1-53 Parking light auto off ..................... 1-60 C Audio System Care of Cassette Tapes .....................................

............................ 1-85 D Floor Mat Anchor ...... 7-2 Full-time 4WD Operation ................... 1-59 Adjusting seat forward and rearward ....................................................................................... 2-5 Cleaning the interior ................... 1-64 ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-12 Drive Belts ................ 2-19 Capacity ............................................................................. 6-24 Oil .................... 6-35 Compartment ................ 6-4 If the engine overheats ............................................................ INDEX 10 3 Consumer Information ........................................................................................................ 1-7 Front Seats Door locks ........................ 1-12 Driving Fuel Driving for economy .................... 1-12 Front door edge warning light .......................................................................................... 2-20 Gauge ............................................................ 1-91 Fog Light Door Front ...... 1-78 Defrosting / Defogging ......................................... 1-75 Emission Control System .......................................................................................................... 2-18 Fan Speed Control ................................................................................. 2-2 Protecting your Hyundai from corrosion ............................................................ 3-4 Glove Box ......................... 1-79 Adjustable headrests ............................ 4-5 Engine Exhaust Can Be Dangerous ......... 6-2 Coolant ........................ 6-8 G Coolant temperature gauge .............................. 9-2 Smooth cornering ............... 1-48 General Checks ................................ 6-5 Corrosion protection Starting ............................................................. 6-21 Adjusting seatback angle .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-56 Central door lock .... 4-2 Washing and waxing .............................. 1-48 Winter driving ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2-20 Recommendations ..................................................................... 2-15 Engine Fuses ........................................................................................................................................ 2-4 Fuse panel description ............................................................................................ 1-4 Adjustable front seats ................. 4-3 F Cruise Control .......................... 1-80 4WD Lock System ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-2 Fuel Filler Lid E Remote release ................................................................................................ 1-13 Drink Holder ..... 8-12 Number ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-21 Before starting the engine ................................................................................................. 8-2 Cooling Fans ..............................................................................................................................................................

..................................................... 1-58 Odometer / Trip Odometer ...................................... 5-2 Hood Release ............................... 1-67 How to Use Luggage Room .................................................................................. 1-75 Service requirements .................. 2-4 .... 3-15 Positions ....................................................................................... 5-7 Fan speed control (Blower control) ........................................................ 1-63 Occupant Classification System ....... 1-90 Maintenance Intervals Defrosting / Defogging .................................................................................... 1-50 Interior Light ........................................................................... 1-67 Outside rearview mirror .................................................. 1-71 Day-night inside rearview mirror ..... 1-65 I Outside rearview mirror Heater ...................................................................................................................... 3-3 Parking Brake ........... 1-69 Power Outlet ................................................................................. 1-70 Heating and Ventilation Luggage Net .......................................................................................................................................................... 1-85 Maintenance under severe usage conditions ...................................... 1-85 M Bi-level heating ...................................................................... 1-42 O Instrument Panel Light Control (Rheostat) .................................................................................................................. 1-59 K Power Steering Fluid Level ............... 6-26 Heating and Cooling Control ................ 2-4 Instrument Cluster and Indicator Lights ...... 1-77 Mirrors Horn ... 1-80 Automatic Dimming Rear View Mirror With Compass .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-84 Luggage Compartment Light ............................................................................................... 6-24 Keys ................................... 1-91 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items .......................................... 1-3 If you lose your keys ................... 1-74 Air flow control ................................................................. 1-66 Ignition Switch ............. 5-4 High-Mounted Rear Stop Light ............................................................ 1-56 Light Bulbs Replacement ..................................................... 1-89 Scheduled maintenance ....................................................................... 5-6 Temperature control ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-86 Air intake control switch ...............................................................................10 INDEX 4 H L Hazard Warning System ......................... 1-35 J P Jump Starting ...............................................

.................................. 1-49 Starting Procedure .......................................................................................................... 1-21 Information ............ 1-19 Maintenance ............................................................................. 1-60 Rear Window Defroster Switch ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-5 Spectacle Case ............................................................................................................................... 1-74 Tachometer ................ 8-4 Brake pad warning sound ................. 1-79 Adjusting seatback angle .................... 8-9 Seat Belts Chains ......................... 2-3 T Roof Rack .......................................................................................................... 1-49 Tail Gate .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 8-14 Risk of Rollover ........... 8-10 Shopping Bag Holders ......................................................................... 8-9 3-point system ............................................................... 1-8 Front .................................................................................................. 8-11 Precautions .......................... 3-7 Pretensioner seat belt ...................... 1-57 Sun Visor ..................................................................................................................... 1-14 Balancing ................... 1-78 Reporting Safety Defects ................. 1-28 If you have a flat tire ................................................................. 1-20 Changing a flat tire ... 6-10 Spare tire ................................................................................................................................................. 1-69 Seat Theft-Alarm System ................ 8-11 Replacement .......................................................................... 1-48 Snow tires ........ 1-79 Rear ........................................................................................... 1-17 Pressure ........................................................ 1-101 Folding rear seatback .................................................................................................................. 8-3 Shop Manual ....................................................................................................................................... 1-12 Ticket Holder ................................. 8-8 Spark Plugs ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2-6 .. 1-15 Stereo Sound System ................................................................................. 8-6 Speedometer ..................... 6-19 Rear Seat Steering Wheel Tilt Lever ....................................................... 3-6 Adjusting your seat belt ...... 8-9 Sound Sidewall Labeling ....................................................................... 8-2 Care of seat belts .......................................................................................................................... 1-69 S Tail gate window ........ 1-64 Terminology and Definition ... 1-15 Sunroof ...................................... 1-70 Rotation .............................................................................................................................................................. 1-15 Tires Seat warmer ............................................................................................................................................ INDEX 10 5 R Steering Wheel Free play .................

...........10 INDEX 6 Traction .............. 1-54 Rear Window wiper and washer switch ............................................................... 2-6 Manual transaxle oil checking ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 2-27 Vehicle Specifications Engine ...................................................... 8-2 Vechcle Load Limit ............................................................ 1-57 Windshield Wiper Blades ............. 6-13 Trip Computer ..................... 1-55 Windshield Wiper Blade De-icer .............................................................................................................................. 9-3 Lubrication chart . 3-14 If your car must be towed .............................................................. 3-12 Traction Control System ..................................................................................................................................... 1-50 V Vehicle Identification Number .............................................................. 6-14 Manual ............................................................................................................ 1-44 Windows Power ................................. 6-12 Winter Driving ....... 2-12 Transaxle Automatic ........................................................................................................................................... 2-8 Automatic transaxle fluid checking ............................................... 9-2 W Warning and Indicator Lights ................................ 1-11 Windshield Wiper and Washer .. 2-21 ..................................................................................... 2-23 Emergency ........................................................................................................... 9-4 ~ 9-5 Measurement ........................................................... 8-10 Towing A trailer (or vehicle) .....................................................................................................................................

D. OWNER'S I. ORIGINAL OWNER ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP CODE DELIVERY DATE (Date Sold to Original Retail purchaser) DEALER NAME DEALER NO.A000A01A-AAT This Owner's Manual should be considered a part of the car and remain with it when it is sold for the use of the next owner. ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP CODE .

...... OTHER TIRE INFORMATION: See pages 8-2 through 8-13............... 1-44 ~ 1-47 o Engine overheats ..... Hyundai Motor Co........8........................... SK ATF SP III or other brands approved by See the label on the driver's side of the center pillar outer panel....................................... 2-5 efficient oil... o Scheduled maintenance . 58) through all ranges and return to “N” (Neutral) position....SERVICE STATION INFORMATION MANUAL TRANSAXLE: FUEL: HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF 75W/85 (API GL-4) Oil level UNLEADED gasoline only should be up to filler-bolt hole in housing beside differential.......... o Warning light/chime comes on .................. 5W-30 or 10W-30 if normal temperatures o Driving tips for first 1...... o Reporting safety defects ......... see page 6. with the engine running. 22..7L: 17 (14.......................... 3-2 HOOD RELEASE: o Flat tire ........ AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE: FUEL TANK CAPACITY Apply the parking brake...............3... liter) 2...... 3-12 API grade SJ................ shift the selector lever US....... 65)........................................................000 km) .gal (Imp............ Use only HYUNDAI GENUINE ATF SP III........ For other viscosity recommendations.... SL or ABOVE / ILSAC grade GF-3 or ABOVE and fuel o Starting the engine ......... 3-4 ENGINE OIL: o Towing of your vehicle .........................0L: 15 (12..................gal.......... TIRE PRESSURE: DIAMOND ATF SP-III....... Then check the level of fluid on the dipstick.... 5-4 5 or 9-4................... 2004 Publication No.............. Use SAE 5W-20............ Pump Octane Rating of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher.. 8-14 Printing: OCT.......... 2.............200 miles (2............. 1-3 are above 0°F (-18°C)........ 3-6 Pull handle under left side of dash.......................: A2EO-EU40C Seoul Korea Printed in Korea ........................................................ QUICK INDEX o Car will not start .......